ffiX U H S K tS 3 • K • ?t)«EE©N AHOM-ASSAMESE -ENGLISH DICTIONARY

COMPILED BY RAI SAHIB GOLAP CHANDRA BORUA, Assistant Inspector of Schools, Assam Valley Circle.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OE THE ASSAM ADMINISTRATION.

PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, CALCUTTA.

1920,

Preface.

it is gratifying to note that the Ahom-Assamese-English Dictionary has after all been completed. The task was a tremendous one for a man of my knowledge and ability. I had to do this work in addition to my own duties, as a Deputy Inspector of Schools. It may, therefore, be easily imagined what amount of extra labour I had to undergo. The ordinary duties of a Deputy Inspector of Schools are multifarious. He can hardly have time enough at his disposal to devote to other work, but as the Administration was pleased to entrust to me the work of the compilation of the Dictionary, in addition to my own duties, I had to take the burden on my shoulder, though it was very heavy. I was given a clerk for six months to assist me in the work I put him to the collection of words from Ahom manuscripts, which he did as far as practicable within so short a time. I then applied myself to further collection of words in consultation with a few Deodhais who could read Ahom and perform Deopujas. Thus I was able, as far as I can believe, bo collect all the available words at the present time. In arranging the words, I have, strictly, followed the Ahom order of alphabets. Each Ahom word in Ahom character has been given first, then the Part of Speech, pronunciation, both in Assamese and English equivalent Shan words where possible, literal meanings of compound words and phrases, and meanings both in Assamese and English in order. I have spared no pains to make the book complete as far as possible. Here I would mention that I have taken help from Dr. Grierson’s books entitled “ Notes on Ahoms ” and “ Ahom Cosmogamy.” As I have no knowledge of other Tai-languages, I have put down in my book the equivalent Shan words from his books, I am, therefore, greatly indebted to him for this. In conclusion, I take the opportunity to expresss my gratefulness to the Honourable P. R. T. Gurdon, C.S.I., I.A., Commissioner, Assam Valley Districts, and the Honourable Rai Bahadur Phani Dhar Chaliha, retired E.A.C., for their kind and valuable advice received from time to time.

A BRIEF ACCOUNT OF THE AHOMS AND THEIR LANGUAGE.

It is an established fact that the Ahoms are the descendants of those Shans who, under the leadership of their king Shukapha, migrated from

their religion. Maolung in the ancient kingdom of Pong, crossed the Patkai moun­ tains and entered the upper part of the Brahmaputra Valley in 1228 A.D. They gradually conquered the whole of the Assam Valley and ruled the country for nearly 600 years. They are genuine Shans, both in their physical type and their tribal language and written character. They called themselves Tai (celestial origin), which is the name by which the Shans still designate them­ selves, and they maintained a fairly continuous intercourse with the inhabitants of the original home until very recent times. They migrated to Assam before 11 PREFACE.

the Tais were converted to Buddhism. They maintained their old religion and language intact till the reign of Shudangpha alias Bamunikuar, which commenced in 1397 A.D. This prince was brought up in his childhood at Habung by a Brahmin family. When he was made king, he brought with him the Brahmin \ family with the image of the Hindu God, Lafchi Narayan, worshipped by them and assigned the idol a place in fche inside of the royal palace. Gradually the Hindu religion had an imperceptible hold on the Ahom kings. In 1654 A.D. when Shutam la, alias Jayadhwaj Sinha, became king, he finally accepted Hindu religion and became a disciple of the Auniati Gosain. Thus the decay of Ahom religion commenced, and was complete in the reign of Rudra Singha, although the Deo- dhais still perform their religious ceremonies according to their old customs. Language.— Ahom belongs to the same sub-group of the Tai language as Khamti and Shan. Both of them are now live languages, while the Ahom is a defunct one. It seems that the Ahoms maintained their own language for some time after the conquest of Assam, but their number being comparatively small and having to live, permanently, with people whose number was overwhelming, they neglected their own language and accepted the language of the people they conquered. Besides there is no mention in any history if they had brought with them their wives and children. If they did, the number was very small. They had, therefore, to take to wives women from amongst the conquered tribes. These women were ignorant of the Ahom language, so their husbands found it troublesome to interchange their thoughts with them, such being the case, they were compelled to learn the language of their wives to make themselves comfortable. The Ahom alphabet is related to those of Khamti, Shan and Burmese. It possesses signs for g, gh, j, jh, d, dh, b and bh which are wanting in Khamti and Shan. It has no y, for which sound Khamti and Shan use the sign which Ahom employs for j. The following are characters of the Ahom alphabets:—

W1 ka Hi * ra VO ’ll kha w Hi la «1 nga W sha R Hl na vi >^1 na OA ft ta M Si ha V *11 pa <5(1 a VO *P1 pha ®1 da V Hl ba 51 dha V Hl ma 9 Or •HI ga w ja Hl gha VO 51 cha <51 bha w ’ll tha HTI jha These characters give no sound unless a vowel sign is added. PREFACE. Ill

trowel sign ‘ ’ which is a fulcrum for carrying the. other vowels, th the consonants and considered as such. Using different signs wels are formed and they are given below :—

Ahom Vowels.

Vowels. Transcription and power.

1 (S)

2 a

3 a

4 b sometimes pronounced like the e in “ met.”

5 i

6 Va u

7 u

8 e, as in “ met.”

9 e, as the Sanskrit e.

10 o, as in “ often.”

11 u

12 V&o~ u

13 al

14 vpf or viio' 'Sit'S ao (Dr. Grierson gives its pronunciation au, but this does not. give the sound “ W3 ”).

15 eu, sometimes pronounced like “ ao.” (Dr. Grierson gives its pronunciation as aii, but real pronunciation is either eu or ao).

16 ifc '5rt?f am

17 iu

o 18 VKb <51 a , as;the a in all.

19 oi, as in boil. IV PREFACE.

The first vowel practically gives no sound without any sign being added. The second and third vowels give the same pronunciation and are freely inter­ changed at the present time.

No. 4 is pronounced both i and e.

The circle at the end of Nos. 11, 12, and 17 is dropped when the vowel is medial, No. 11 then becomes the same as No 7. and No. 17 as No. 4. Nos. 6, 7, 11, and 12 are very often interchanged. No. 12 when used with a consonant loses its circle at the end and gives the sound of u and e ; as for example VC'S (mung) and yolS (khen), respectively.

No. 14 has been written as

No. 16 is considered as a vowel by the Ahoms. Although Dr. Grierson has shewn it as a consonant, I have taken it as a vowel, because it actually forms the function of a vowel.

Nos. 14 and 15 are often interchanged. The vowel No. 2 is added to the consonant characters to give them their sounds. They are noted below :—

Ahom Consonants.

Consonants. Transcription. Consonants. Transcription.

1 YU i Tl ka 13 d S ', 31 ra

2 ^ i <11 kha 14 w i • la

3 $1 nga 15 ^ i si sha

4 «i sri na 16 Mii >^i na

5 0A i, ta 17 si ha

6 v i *ri pa 18 ¥ i da

7 pha 19 Pl dha

8 v ' , or r i, ba 20 ?i or ’ll ga

9 v > , sri ma 21 V i 3l gha,

10 w i ®ri ja 22 V i 'Si bha

11 V O 1-, 5l cha 23 V i 311 jha

12

Vowel symbols can be attached to any consonants just as they are attached to the vowel sign uVn’’ (a) No. 1. The consonant No. 16 has the power of nya, but at the end of a syllable it is pronounced as n, and sometimes as y. Thus khen, much, is pronounced khen, and uh, gladness, is pronounced uy. In manuscript Nos. 4 and 18 are written almost the same, but the latter is elongated at the end, thus (na), igi (da). Nos. 8 and 9, v', (ba) and (ma) are often written alike, so it is very difficult for one having no knowledge of Ahom to distinguish one from the other. No. 8 is pronounced ba when initial and wa when final. The letters wa, ra and la are often compounded with other consonants. In such a case, wa becomes the vowel a (No. 18). Below I give a few examples of compounds with r and 1:— (mra); a*' jT| (tra); vti O (kli). Dr. Grierson in his note on Ahoms, see page 5, has made mention of a letter Vn (Virama), but I have not come across any such letter in the Ahom manuscripts. In its place I have given one, No. 24, called rulai. This is used just at the beginning of any writing as we (Assamese Hindus) generally write “ SriHari,” “ Sri Ram,” etc. Besides Virama, he has shown two other letters mra and kli3 as consonants, but they are compound consonants, as given above. I have therefore excluded them from the list of single consonants. The following are the Ahom numerals :—

1 /l C*l«, leng 1

2 shang 2

3 tV sham 3

4 ■W A shi 8, 4

5 Ml ha 5

6 ruk 6

7 V chit % 7

8 C’lfe,V pet 8 9 $ kao 9

10 i o l fv t, ship 10

RELATIONSHIP OF AHOM TO KHAMTI AND SHAN. I have no knowledge of Khamti and Shan, but to show the affinity of the Ahom language with other Tai languages, I put here the following extracts from

(< Like Khamti and Shan, Ahom belongs to the northern sub-group of Siamese- Chinese languages. It bears somewhat of the same relationship to them that Sanskrit does to Pali, but the relation is much closer. The most striking point of resemblance between the two relationships is in the simplification of compound consonants. Compound consonants are almost entirely wanting in Khamti and Shan. Siamese occupies an intermediate position. Compound consonants are written, but are not always pronounced. Sometimes instead of the second consonant remaining unpronounced, a very short vowel (svara-bhakti) is inserted between the two letters. The following examples illustrate the way in which Ahom compound consonants have become simplified :— Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. khrang khang khang property. khring — khing body. khriu khiu khiu tooth. khrung khiing khung divide. phrau phaii phaii who ? phring — phing be many. phrum phum phum hair. klai kai kai be-far. klang kang kang middle. klin (klen) kin kin drink. compare kin kin kin eat. Note that in Ahom, the words for ffeat” and “ drink” are distinct. In Khamti and Shan they are the same. ' I now proceed to mention what other changes recur in the transition from Ahom to the modern Tai languages. 1. As a rule the Ahom vowels are retained in Khamti and Shan. There are very few exceptions, such as Ahom, Khrung, divide, Khamti and Shan “ K hung.” 2. As regards consonants, the following changes occur (a) Ahom b usually corresponds to Khamti or Shan w. Thus, AJiom. Khamti. Shan. English. ba wa wa say. bai wai wai put. ban wan wan day. Sometimes it becomes m, thus, Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. blak mak mak flower. ban man man or wan village. ba — or waw a youth. bail maii maii a leaf, PREFACE. vii

In Shan the uneducated frequently pronounce m as b. (6) Ahom d becomes Khamti and Shan n or 1, thus, Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. dai nai lai obtain. dang hu-nang khu-lang nose. dau nau lau star, Siamese dau. di ni li good, Siamese di. din — lin ground, Siamesed in. dip nip HP alive. dun nun or lun liin moon, Siamese diien. The difference between Khamti and Shan is not so great as it looks, for both languages freely interchange n and 1. It will be noticed that Siamese retains the d. (c) Ahom h usually remains unchanged, but sometimes appears in Khamti and Shan as ng. Thus Ahom, hu an animal of the ox species; Khamti and Shan ngo ; Siamese, ngiia ; Shan also wo. (d) Ahom j becomes Khamti and Shan y, thus, Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. jan — yan ask. jau yau yau completion, ju or u — yu abide. (e) Ahom initial fi becomes Khamti and Shan y, thus, Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. fiang yang yang be. niing ying ying female. (/) In Khamti and Shan n and 1 are interchangeable. Hence we some­ times find an Ahom n represented by 1, as in Ahom niu, a finger; Khamti liu ; Shan niu. (g) Ahom r becomes h in Khamti and Shan. Thus, Ahom. Khamti. Shan. English. rai hai hai lose. rak — hak compassion, Siamese rak. rang hang hang a tail. rang hang hang shout. rau hau hau we, Siamese ran. rik — hik call, Siamese rik. ro ho ho head, Siamese hua. run him him house, Siamese riien. It will be seen that Siamese usually retains the r. In other respects the phonology of Ahom agrees very closely with those of Khamti and Shan.” viii PREFACE.

TONES. Ahom like the modern Tai languages undoubtedly used tones. Unfor­ tunately it is not now possible to say what tones were used with words.

Couplets and Compound W ords. As in other Siamese-Chinese languages the differentiation of words by tones is helped out by the use of couplets. The system in its essence is this—two different words each with several different meanings, but possessing one meaning in common, are joined together and the couplet thus formed has only the meaning common to the two. For instance, take the word Kha and Phan. Kha amongst its other significations means (1) “ a slave ” ; (2) f‘cut ” ; Phan amongst its other significations, means (1) tfan order” ; (2) “ poor” ; (3) “ sorrow” ; (4) “ cut.” The ‘ Khan-Phan ’ means cut and nothing else, because cut is the only mean­ ing common to its two members. Other examples of such couplets are :— pai-ka, go-go, to go. nung-tang, enclose-enclosure to place, to put on (clothes), tang-lai, all-all, all. miin-khen, rejoicing-rejoicing, happiness. Sometimes in these couplets only one word has retained its meaning, while in other words it has lost its meaning and has become a Ci shadow word ”, the compound having only the meaning of the dominant word. Thus, we have pe- nga, a goat, in which nga has no meaning in this connexion, while pe by itself also means iC a goat.” In some of these lost couplets, the second member still retains a definite meaning, but has, so to speak, emptied itself of it in favour of the dominant member, this is very commonly the case with words like dai, to possess ; bai, place, and the like. Thus— ao, take, ao-dai, to take, to collect, bring, heu, give, heu-dai, give, give out and out. rai, lose, be lost; rai-dai, to lose altogether, to be lost altogether, to die. hup, to collect; hup-bai, to store. Another form which these couplets take is the juxtaposition of two words, not of identical, but of similar meaning, the couplet giving the general significa­ tions of both. Thus, khrang, and large property; ling, cattle and small property ; khrang-ling, property generally. There are other couplets the members of which possess not even similar but altogether different meanings, the resultant couplet having the signification giving the combined meaning of the two. Thus, ban, day, sun ; tuk, fall; ban- tuk, sunset, evening. I nflexion. All pure Ahom words are monosyllables ; only words borrowed from foreign languages are polysyllabic, PREFACE. ix

Every word without exception denotes, primarily, the ideal of something, action or condition, such as a man, a tree, striking, going, sleep, death, etc. Some of these words such, for instance, as tree can only perform the functions of nouns substantive, or can only with difficulty be twisted into performing other functions. Other words corresponding to what we call “ Verbal nouns” are capable of being easily used in other functions. Thus, if in Ahom we wish to express the idea “ slept,” we say sleep-completion, if we wish to express “ sleeps ” we say “sleep-existence,” and if we wish to express “ will sleep” we say “ motion-towards sleep.” It will thus be seen that the process of declension and conjugation do not properly occur in Ahom, nor can we divide the words into parts of speech. The relation which in Aryan languages we indicate by these two processes of inflexion are in Ahom indicated partly by the position of the various words in the sentence, and partly by compounding words together. We cannot, properly speaking, talk of nouns and verbs, we can only talk of words performing the functions of nouns and verbs. When inflexion is found by composition, most of the auxiliary words added to the main words have a definite meaning, in some cases, however, these auxi­ liary words have lost their meanings as original words. In such cases we may talk of these auxiliary words as performing the functions of suffixes or prefixes. As to what function each word in a sentence performs that is determined partly by custom. In the following paragraphs the principal points of interest in Ahom Grammar are discussed. Articles. There does not seem to be any word which performs the function of a definite article. When required a demonstrative pronoun can be used. For the indefinite article, the numeral “ leng,” one is employed. Thus, a man will be translated into Ahom as “ kun-phu-leng” which literally means person-male-one. The interrogative indefinite pronoun (i phreu ” is used to mean “ a certain.”

N ouns. Gender.— Ahom words when performing the functions of nouns have no gender. When in the case of living creatures, it is required to distinguish sex, this is done by compounding the main word with another word meaning “ male ” or “ female.” The words most commonly used with human beings are “ phu” for the masculine gender, and “ m i” for the feminine. Thus, kun, a person; kun-phU, person-male, man; kun-mi, person-female, woman. Other words used are, lik, for the masculine and neng for the feminine. Examples are, kha, slave; kha-lik, a male servant; kha-neng, a female servant. With nouns of relationship man and neng are used. Thus po or po-man, a father; nang, a younger brother or sister; nangman, a younger brother- nang-nang, a younger sister. X PREFACE.

In the case of irrational animals 44 thek” indicates the male sex and “ me” the female, thus— ma-thek, horse, ma-me, mare, hu-thek, bull, hu-me, cow. In some instances, differences of genders is expressed by the use of different words. Thus, po, father; me, mother. Number.— Usually the idea of plurality is inferred from the nature of the sentence. If however it is necessary to express it, this is generally done by prefixing the word 44 khao ” which is also used as the plural of the third personal pronoun, meaning 44 they.” Example of its use are, khao-kham-kula, servants; khao-mun, rejoicings. Or some nouns of multitude, such as phrin^, a crowd, may be added as in kun-phring, people. With numerals no sign of number is required. Thus, Shang-kun, two persons, Case.— The relations of case are indicated by composition with some other word or by position. The nominative is either the bare form of the word, or else optionally take the suffix “ ko.” This ko gives a definite force to the nouns to which it is attached. It is specially common with pronouns. Examples of nominative are— (а) without ko, luk-ngi lat-kham, the younger son said. (б) With ko po-man-ko ren ak ma, the father came outside the house. When a noun is the direct object of a sentence, that is to say, when it is in the Accusative case, it takes no suffix or prefix. Thus, man-ko, hung ngin, he sound hear, he heard a sound. The accusative sometimes takes the suffix 44 mai.” This is confined to pronouns. The accusative sometimes precedes and sometimes follow the verb. Thus— man ko hung ngin, he sound hear, he heard a sound. nung tang khep tin-khao, put shoe foot on, put shoes on his feet. The relationship of the Instrumental case is indicated prefixing tang, with. Thus, tang khan (beat him) with a cudgel. The relationship of the Dative case is indicated by prefixing the word 44 d,” meaning place, hence 44the place or object to which motion is directed.” The same word is use to form the future tense. Examples of the Dative are— ti po kao, to my father, ti man ren, to his house. The relationship of the Ablative case is indicated by prefixing 44luk” or 44 luk tarn,” as in, luk po-leng, from a father. The relationship of the genitive is indicated by the juxtaposition of the governed and governing word, the governed word being placed last. Thus, kip-khao, husk-rice, i. e. husk of rice. PREFACE. xi

The most usual way of expressing the Locative case is to employ the noun by itself, leaving the meaning to be gathered from the context. Thus, nung^ tang mu chi-rap chap-khap-bai, put (on) hand a ring. The Vocative case is formed by suffixing ai (which is always written ha). Thus po-ai, 0, father. Adjective. In Ahom an adjective follows the word it qualifies. It thus occupies the same position as a word in the Genitive. Examples are: mung-jao, country distant, a far country. ren-noi, house small, a small house. Comparison,— Comparison is formed with the word “then” or “ken” (pronounced khen or ken), which means “ be better.” The thing with which comparison is made, is put in the ablative governed by luk. Thus, di, good; khen di luk, better than. The superlative is expressed by adding nam, many, or tang, all. Thus, khen di nam, better (than) many; khen di nam nam, better (than) many many; khen di tang nam, better (than) all many; all these meaning “ best.”

P ronouns. The personal pronouns have different forms for the singular and for the plural. They are as follows. From Grierson’s notes on Ahom, I give the Khamti, Shan, and Siamese forms for the sake of comparison. Ahom. Khamti and Siamese. English. Shdn. kau kau ku I. rau hau rau we. mau mau mung thou. shu shu su y e- man man man he, she it. khau or man-khan khan or man-khan khau they. In the above, the suffix “ mai ” forms a genitive absolute, as in kao-mai, m ine.” A dependent genitive sometimes precedes and sometimes follows the governing noun, thus, we have both po kao and kao po man, my father; luk man mail, mail luk man, thy son. The Demonstrative pronouns are nai, an nai, this, and nan, a nan, an-nan, that. Examples are tam-nai, from this, then; mu-nai, time this, then- ti-nai, place this, here; now; an-nan kham, that word; a-nan-tun, that tree. We have also i-u for this and heu for that but they are always used as adjectives, and they precede the word they qualify. Examples are i-u luk-man, this son ; heu-mung ban, that country. The Relative pronoun is pan-ku, meaning “ which.” Thus, hu-me pan-ku, kao khan jao, the cow which I bought. xii PREFACE.

Interrogative pronouns are phreu, who? and shang, ka shang, re, what? Thus, lik-kha phreu, whose boy ? mau chu ka shang u, your name what is, what is your name ? Phreu appears as an Indefinite pronoun, as in phreu na-kip, a certain field ; phreu bau, any one not, no one. Ka-shang means “ how many ” in ka-shang pi, how many years ? Similarly phreu kun-phring, what person multitude, how many persons ?

Verbs.

Conjugation— When an Ahom word performs the function of a verb, it can, as it stands, be used for any tense, mood or voice, thus— Present time.— Phreu kun-phring dai khao, how many persons possess rice. Past time.— Man-ba, he said. Future time.— Kao po pai lao, I will go (pai) to (my) father (and) will say (lao). Imperative.— Mau kha-lik bai cham doin, thou servant keep (bai) with, keep (me) with (thy) servants. Infinitive.— Kao bau pai-ka lak, I not went to steal (lak), I did not go to steal. Verbal noun.— Bai sheu-hing-jao-o, (I) had performed watching (bai), I had watched. Past participle.— Ba-ban (on) the said day, on the day referred to. Active voice.— Pan-ku luk-ko rai-dai man tang-lai kham, what son lost (rai-dai) thy all gold, the son who lost all thy gold. Passive voice.—Man rai dai, he was lost. Voice.— It follows from the above that there is no formal distinction between the active voice and the passive. The same word has either an active or a passive signification according to the meaning required by the sentence. Thus, take kao po, which means “ I beat,” on the other hand, kao-mai po, means ‘‘beat me ” that is tosay “ I am beaten.” Here there can be no doubt that the latter sentence is to be construed passively, owing to kao mai being in the Accusative case. But, if we take the example given above, man rai dai, it means both: “ he lost” and “ he was lost,” and we can only gather that it is to be construed passively because the general sense of the context requires it. Mood and tense.— As already said, the bare word itself can be used for any tense, and is frequently so used, but when this would lead to ambiguity, the accidents of mood and tense are expressed by the use of particles, the form of the main word never undergoing any change. It cannot be said that these are suffixed or prefixed to the word which performs the function of the verb, for they are often separated from it. Thus take the sentence, po man pan kan tang lai khrang-ling klang shang pi nang jao, the father begin-to-divide all property between two elder sons, younger son complete, i.e. the father began to divide his PREFACE. xiii

property between his elder and younger sons. Here the word performing the function of a verb is pan-kan, divide-begin, and the particle indicating past time, jao, is separated from it by six other words. In fact, in Ahom, these particles do not give past, present or future time to any particular word in the sentence, but to the sentence as a whole. The word jao which I have called a particle of past time is really an independent word whose root idea is completion. In the same way other particles which give the idea of tense have their own meanings. Thus, u, the particle of present time, means “ existence ” ; ka, another particle of past time, means the place from which action starts; just as ti, the particle of future time, means the “ place ” to which the action is proceeding. It may be noted here that if in the same sentence there are many words performing the functions of verbs all in the same tense, then only one tense particle is supplied for all. Subject to the above remarks, the relations of mood and tense can be indicated in Ahom in the following ways :— The simple present takes no particle. It is always the word performing the functions of a verb standing alone. Thus (po kao) ju (my father) lives. • The present definite is formed by adding u, remain after the word performing the function of a verb, as in (man) nang u he is sitting. The imperfect is formed by adding u-jao, i.e. the past tense of u, as in kao po-u-jao, I was. striking. The past tense is formed by adding either jao or ka, as in man ba jao, man- ba-ka, he said. As explained above, jao is usually put at the end of a sentence far away from the word performing the function of a verb, but ka is always attached to it. The perfect is formed by adding koi to the word performing the function of a verb, dip-di-koi, has become alive and well. The perfect of u, remain, viz. u-ko is often used instead of koi alone, as in khao-u-koi, has entered. The pluperfect or Remote past is indicated by suffixing o to jao of the past as in (man-ko-tang-khang-ling) kin-jao o (he) had eaten (all the property). A combination of jao with the participal termination shi also gives the force of the pluperfect, as in tai shi-jao, having died was, had died. The future is indicated by prefixing ti to the word performing the function of a verb, ti kao-ko ren man shangban pai, I will go to your house to-morrow. Another form of the future is made by suffixing na, as in paika na, will go. It is rare except with this verb. The ka in this example is not the ka of the past tense. Ka is also a doublet of pai meaning “ go.” A past future is formed by combining a suffix of past time with the simple future, thus ti po will strike; ti po jao, will have struck. Similarly with koi, u-ti-koi, will have been. Both these forms may be translated, according to the context, also as past subjunctives, I should strike, I should be. xiv PREFACE.

The imperative, may optionally take the particle shi, thus bai or bai shi put. The conditional mood is formed by shang or shang-ba with chang in the apo- dosis, An example is,— man chang un (uy) cheu plang shang'ba man-ko thun, he would (had been) glad if he (had) filled tang kip-khao (his) belly (with) husks of rice. It will be seen that the words performing the functions of verbs takes no special particles to indicate mood. An indefinite participial force is given by suffixing shi. To give a past force o may be added. Thus tai-shi, dying; pai-nai-shi, going unexpectedly; pai-shi-o, gone. Often no suffix is added, as in ba-ban, said day, on the day referred to. At the same time, it may be remembered that participles are only verbal adjectives, and that it is just as easy for an Ahom word to perform the function of an adjective as to perform that of a verb, it is stretching the terminology of Indo-European grammar too far to talk of participles at all. Similarly, it is useless to talk of Infinitives. The root word is of course capable of performing the function of a verbal noun. Thus, lak means £f steal,” and must be translated “ to steal” in kao ban-lak pai ka, I not to steal went, I did not go to steal. Causals, inceptives, potentials and continuatives are formed by compounding with other. Numbers and Persons.— No word performing the function of a verb ever changes its form for number of person. Both must be gathered from the context.

Adverbs. Words perform the function of adverbs, just as they do those of other parts of speech. Most of them are compounds, and the meaning of the separate members is not always very clear. Examples are :— mu-nai, time-now, then; khan-ma-cham, quick-come-swift, as soon as ; na-kan-mu, previous-place-time, as usual; ma-lao-kin, ever, at any time. The negative particles are bau and ma, not. The usual verb substantive is u, be, but with bau, mi is used instead. Most frequently, the force of an adverb is obtained by compounding the word by performing the function of a verb with some other word which gives it the necessary colour. Thus pai-go, nai, unexpectedness ; pai-nai (to) go unexpectedly. So many others. Prepositions and Postpositions.— In Ahom there are no regular prepositions, but in order to give the force of prepositions some words are put either before or after the words they refer. Accordingly they may either be called prepositions or postpositions. A few examples are given below an, before ; an kao-mai, before me. bai-lang, on back, after. ak, outside; ren ak, outside the house. kan-pa, place-side, towards ; man-kan-pa, towards her. PREFACE. XV

Conjunctions. There are some words performing the functions of conjunctions. The usual word is cham which means “ and” ; sometimes Chang is written also. Cham may occur almost anywhere in the sentence. Other words used with the same meaning are ;— ba-an, why-front, and poi, excess, and poi-an, and before, and. poi-lun-lang, again after back, and, moreover. Other words used as con­ junctions are:— Shang, Shang-ba, if; tu-ba, but; Chang indicates the apodosis of a conditional sentence; Chu-chang-nai, because, therefore; to-lak, nevertheless, pu-nang-nai, on account of this, in order that.

I nterjection. The only interjections are ai, suffixed to the Vocative case, and nik-cha, alas. Ai is always written '5 (ha).

Order of W ords. In Ahom, rules as to the order of words are not strict. The order of a simple sentence is usually, Subject, Object, Verb; of a noun and its adjective, noun, adjective ; and of the possessive construction, governing word, governed.

J orhat, GOLAP CHANDRA BARUA. The 19th July, 1916.

AHOM-ASSAMESE-ENGLISH DICTIONARY. AHOM-ASSAMESE -ENGLISH DICTIONARY.

w ' (^1, K a ).

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. Speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

yh Noun ka Ahom word (Shan and ’FtMt. . \5t^[ I A crow ; a forehead ornament; pain; Khamti, ka, a crow). hardship; a tether block, a piece of wood tied to the neck of an animal.

■vn' Verb ka Ahom word (Shan and X XI To dance. Khamti, ka).

Yk'G Suffix ^1 ka Ahom word (Khamti, f f e feltM *tt^ A suffix of the past tense; such as ka). (3ffl CTO “*rfc-Tl’ ” I “ pai-ka,” “ went.”

YE1 Past Parti­ Ti ka Ahom word (?rk1 I Finished. ciple. yh' Preposition Tl ka Ahom word (Shan and C

YU Yl/ Noun ka-keu Ahom word The name of a lakni (year) of an Ahom i ^W5! to

YV1 ' cv\f Adverb .. ka-teu D itto I Below. 1 .. Noun ka-plao D itto Ws<§t3 *°*t I The name of the 50th year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” w . Adjective ka-phrang .. D itto ^t*d i Half.

W1 J, VJM . . Noun ka-m ut D itto ^°*t ‘Itft ^1 I The name of the 20th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” 4 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— [ YU vf v v riS ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 5

I P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

w ' t f . . Noun ka-mao Ahom word frf'®f&«ft 8 o*t ?rtf^ ^1 nft i The name of the 40th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.”

YU { ego Noun ’FMt'S ka-rao D itto ^ f w f t >8N

YU ' VU i, % . . Adverb .. ka-lang D itto ^ts i Behind, after.

YU { H'S . . In te rro g a ­ ka-(shang) . . Ahom word (Khamti fo ? W hat ? tive pro­ and Shan, the same) noun. (ka=measure, shang =know ).

YY1 , WF Noun ka-sheu Ahom word fcMwft «»*l HtfiF I The name of the 30th “ lakni ” or year i of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” i w Noun Tl (fft) ka (long) D itto Things given to the parents of a girl I c

W Verb 1 • » ka „ D itto CTht; (Tl^ft^; *rl I To measure ; to trade ; to go.

Wl Adjective

wivn Noun kak Ditto frft5, Hf’fttfa ; I A stick used in stirring anything while cooking; a stirrup; a kind ,of size made from paddy boiled in water and applied to the warp in weaving.

W1YU Verb ^ft; kak D itto i To spin a muga cocoon.

wivn Adjective

YuS Adjective t®^ (T^’S k a n g ( b u t D itto 5Tt®r I Middle. “M® ” ^cu) a l w a y s pronounced “ k lan g ” ).

YMlS Noun ^t®s ( f ^ kwang (but D itto .. *rrfi5; CTftj W l; 'Nftfft; j A kind of basket; measure ; breadth; pronounced c^W tt l size ; the corner of the mouth. as “ kang ”). ’ft?) YVJlS Adjective kwang (but D itto $5fl } ^ f t l I Hump-backed; curved, bending. ) pronounced ! “ k a n g ” ). | Ir YUK 6 AHOM—ASSAMESE- VHP Yvrp ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 7

P ronunciation. 1 Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. | tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

WK Noun kan Ahom word ’1 ^ ; j Sulphur ; fasting ; an expert woman ; a j } CTW 1 stem ; a pole for carrying a burden ; a great man ; a place ; mutuality.

YY1K Verb kan D itto C W W «I1^ *11 ; S 1 To sprain, to be bent, folded; to fall; to unite ; to slip ; to begin. vnS Adjective kan D itto ’PTtH 1 Even, level.

WK V'-, Verb kan-pa D itto 1 To copulate. Ahom word (Shan and VYKM Noun kat .. ; Wfa 1 A market, a market-place. Khamti the same).

YYKM Verb k at Ahom word To cut to pieces ; to get dust into boiled rice.

WIOA Adjective kat Ahom word (Shan and 1 Hard, difficult. Khamti the same).

r oO vncvA YKI Noun kat-kim Ahom word 1 A shop-keeper.

YKIOA YKIr Noun (,

YYW vS . . Verb kat-m an D itto w r e i To bite the hand.

Noun v ft ?ffs kat-plao D itto 'sitc^fsr ktsfw fa n f ti The name of the 26th year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.”

VMCM -tfOA . . Noun < F t^ kat-m ut D itto STtf?R Hfr 1 The name of the 56th year of an Ahom Taosinga.” <* r VY1OA VD Noun

D itto yyiw dSor . . Noun kat-rao The name of the 46th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.”

W1OA<-* w ,r Noun kat-sheu D itto ktsf&'Sfa =rf=r i The name of the 6th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.”

YUP Noun ^tt! kap Ahom word (Shan kap= CTT’ft ; <^ | A sheath of the plantain or palm tree the husk of maize). or arum plant; a scale ; a round, flat body.

YUP Verb kap Ahom word (Shan the csrVd cs?t^l i To join, to unite; to bite. same).

PIP PVP . . Verb ’Ft’H t! kap-kup Ahom word ^tf5 ®T; 1 Take by force ; to quarrel; to contend. 8 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ HID 0 r yviyvi J ENGLISH DICTIONARY, 9

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

WV 1? Noun kap-ngi Ahom word fasffaft *Ttf> ^1 Hfa I The name of the 51st lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” r fi r YUP VOft . . Noun ftfa-fti’ kap-mit D itto ftsfagft i >*t *rtfa i The name of the 11th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” HID VCjf . . Noun kap-cheu D itto fasftgR ^tfa ^1 ft5! I The name of the 1st lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” w wS .. Noun kap-shan D itto Nft^t5! *>*t ftfa ft ^ 4 3 ft5! I The name of the 21st lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” HID Noun kap-shi D itto Nftft5! 8 fttfa ft ftft*! ft5! I The name of the 41st lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taosinga.” h id yi v . Noun kap-shi-nga. D itto Nttft5! fasftgft ftfa ft ft5! I The name of the 31st lakni or year of an Ahom (< Taosinga.” o YYI Noun kam ftfa D itto ; Oft5! ; fafti ; Clfafa I A small bundle; a basket holding five seers of grain; harm, mischief; the reed used for making pans. YYI Verb ftft kam D itto ft ; ftft f t ; Clftft ft ; {3»Sf1 ft ; Otft To prohibit, to hinder; to give prop ; ; ’fa ; I to lean on; to commit a crime; to X 7 X 7 lie down ; to be made. YYI VO Verb fttft-ft kam-kha D itto Nti? f t \ i To make up into bundles. V# Adverb .. fa ki Ditto (Khamti the faftR ; fa^l I How much ; how many. same).

Y$ W Adverb .. ftp ki D itto faft^ i How many. YV9 Adverb .. fa-^ft ki-shai D itto faftn ; fa^ftfa i How far. Noun fa ki Ahom word ^«T4 ^ fa ; J ftft; '*tft ; I A bud; the calyx of a flower; a loom ; displeasure, discontent.

Y$ Verb fa ki D itto ftft ; ; w s x; ^fiS I To blossom; to flower; to swell; to make a bundle. Y$ VUtf Noun fa-ft$ s ki-lang D itto S5^ I Nearness; vicinity. YYI TV'S Adjective fa-ftfa ki-lang D itto I Near, close to. Y$YY1 > Noun fa Noun ftft kik D itto YY^YYI J Cftft ft I To chase with a stick. 10 A HOM— -ASSAMESE— vvip ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 11

A horn Parts P ronunciation. of words Derivation and explana­ Meanings. i speech Assamese. j English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. Wig Noun “fare • • ' ” king, but pro- Ahom word i 5pl sitUs n o u n c e d A protuberance caused by outgrowth of a branch, an “ eye ” of a tree; a lamp. 1 “ kling.” Wig Verb fR ^ g rs “fare! ” king, but pro- D itto i To feign; to alloy; to spring off, to be ■Jpt site's n o u n c e d 7 7; W X | “ kling.” flung off. Wig Adjective Wre^fW’s “ta?® > king, but pro- D itto 'Slttfl I Half. I n o u n c e d “ kling.” vn' . . Noun i \ * kling-ka D itto A peacock. W?g j Noun Sf’^1 I king, but pro- D itto 1R srfUs n o u n c e d J U*R ; (TtSRtft ; , <*ratq I .. A cup; an usage; a two-pronged con­ 1 “ kling.” trivance used for raising or supporting anything; the screwpine flower; a cord used in tying up a beast to a 1 stake in the middle of a field for graz­ vtfg ing. Verb ■ “ gF'S” king, but pro - i D itto ^R sftUs n o u n c e d *f5 J &Fl ■ C^RC^btfff I To forge ; to swell, as rice when boiled; “ kling.” to nestle ; to assume. Wi£ j Wig J Verb ■ kin Ahom word (Shan and

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. i English. Assamese. English.

Ahom word Noun FP1-q®X =X x-*11 • ■ kip-bung-kha I A long piece of split bamboo used in tying thatches of a building.

Y < Noun kip-rip-nu . . D itto i *I A piece of split bamboo used in a build­ ing.

Y^V <£ dSvYEp Noun kip-rai-ru-kan D itto I A narrow long piece of bamboo used in a building.

kim Ahom word (Shan, kim, W

Wi’v? Noun TT# “ VR” kin but pro- Ahom word (Shan, kin, ;

Verb S'W Ditto Ahom word OTf? I To cut by folding.

Adjective D itto Ditto I Good-looking. ydvS Adverb . . W Ditto . . . D itto W 'I'R, NE5 I How many; very. y^ vS Verb ken-ken D itto I To bind fast.

MP Noun ku D itto C’l'M7 ; I A worm; a long-necked earthen pot. i Yq Noun h ku D itto OSft< J J I A torch; a bedstead; a forehead orna­ ment. i n Verb ku D itto I To fear. i vnz/ Adjective p ! ku D itto CW ffl 5 $5fl ; <2tC5J^ I Crooked; each, every.

Yrtt(f . . Noun kiiw but pro- ! D itto C®lt*l I Salt. site® n o u n c e d “ klu.”

Yyft

Y^WI9 Noun ku-kai D itto

Verb ku-kho Ahom word (ku, to fe a r; T \ I To droop down with fear. kho, neck; i.e. to bend down the neck with fear). 1 i4 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ Y*V W 1 yvjr 'wiR J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 15

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Mea n in g s. of Derivation and explana­ words. I tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. I English. Assamese. English.

Noun ku-la Ahom word M i A Hindu wi Noun ku-lun D itto I The anus.

Wf Verb ku-shao-shi- D itto fftfs ft I To raise and put a post in a hole. dGor ¥ shao-ru.

YHWI Noun kuk Ahom word (Shan, kuk, 5 (M ft ftM gftl I An Abor, a hill tribe in Assam ; a mane. a mane).

YYlYVl Noun • • kuk (pronoun­ Ahom word ’TS) ; CTft ; W Of^rl | A piece of stone on which anything is ced kuk). ground; attempts of fowl to fight; the act of showing excessive fondness.

YHYM Verb Ditto . . Ditto To feed chickens; to mould; to take 5J | into company.

Noun kung D itto (TFWft; I A hole in a tree; canker of a tree; a snake.

Verb kung D itto m ’Tl I To praise.

Noun M ” kung but pro- Ahom word (Shan, the A bow ; a spinning wheel; a shrimp. n o u n c e d same). “ kung.”

Verb 'S’faw wts D itto Ahom word To pounce.

Adjective ffW D itto D itto *5^1 I Slightly curved.

M l Noun TS 7^ kung-kho Ditto c h i The throat. i W1.K Noun ^5. kun I D itto ■ tsr I Light; fighting. wit? Verb kun Ditto To make over oneself to another. vnS Noun kun Ahom word (Shan, kun). I A man. vn£ M ; i To swell; to be uprooted; to return, to b> Verb .. ! kun Ahom word i come back.

Noun w « . kun-khrang.. Ahom word (kun, a man, *iM; ^srl i .. A person belonging to a temple ; a per­ khrang, a temple; i.e. son attached to the temple. “ a temple man.” wiS tn Noun .. ; kun-na-kin Ahom word (kun, a m an, C«tfWF I A cultivator. na, a field, kin, to enjoy, i.e. 11 one who enjoys a field.” 16 AHOM—ASSAMESE ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 17

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. 1 w bk . Noun kun-plang .. Ahom word (kun,aman, ^51 w 1 One who binds himself to serve another plang, a knot, i.e. “ a { in payment of a debt. knot man ”).

•mji v ( Noun

YVRVX Verb kut Ahom word v r sfft 3t«r i To slip from the hand ; to seize and keep.

■ Adjective kut Ahom word (Shan, kut, Hypocritical; crooked, bent. hypocritical).

Wfu Noun kup Ahom word (Shan, the 1 A wicker hat serving as an umbrella. same).

vrrp ; Noun kup Ahom word W t I A layer.

wrG Verb S W t?R Ditto D itto s?M 1 - To fold.

ite Pierced through; vacant. wrO& Adjective •s^i r vns D itto D itto srtrer sites? R M ; ’X’fl I r GO r 5tH CTfi Kfr 1 The name of a place in . i Noun -sts .. kup-kling-dao Ahom word (kup, va- • • cant, kling, a screw- pine flower, dao, a star, i.e. vacated by screwpine flowerlike stars). The skull. W Noun kup-ru Ahom word (kup, a ’Tt'QC’ltsTl 1 * • 1 layer, ru, a head, i.e. a layer of head).

yk Verb kum, but pro- Ahom word (Shan, kum, CSR^ X 7 ; Cttfcll '; '5IW5 SR X 7 ; To discuss in a meeting; to assemble n o u n c e d to stoop). 1 and consult; to gather; to collect; “ kum .” to lower; to droop down; to stoop.

Verb kum du but Ahom word (kum, stoop 51 1 To look down. pronounced down, du, to see, i.e. “ kum du.” stoop downward and see).

YmS Noun kun but pro- Ahom word (Shan and 1 A plantain. 11 o u n c e d Khamti, the same). “ kui.” i 18 AHOM—-ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 19

Ahom Parts P eon unciatio n . Meanings. of Derivation and explana- words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. I Verb ■S’fSR TO kun but pro- Ahom word 1 To turn up dirt, to reveal secret mis­ ii o u n c e d conduct. “ kui.”

wvS R Noun kui-nam D itto 1 A kind of aquatic plant.

Noun ke Ditto W l . \5t«3 1 The Assamese title of Barua ; a great man.

Verb C

Noun w -? ke-chu D itto '9CI 1 1 A quality ; an attribute.

<7YMr VdGr . . Noun ke-re Ditto i ! The armpit.

Vyni Verb 4Lvvi Verb kek D itto ; To sob ; to finish quickly; to take a sip *11 i of water. Wli§ Noun keng D itto ’I t f t ; ’Sltfo 1 Sufficiency.

Wit'S Verb keng D itto J CTW ; (TFtWl (7tfa3 ? 1 To suffice ; to measure ; to be of certain length. witn Noun <7R ken D itto ^FWfa | Tribute. wtt; Verb (7^1 f c s “C^T’ ken, but pro- D itto ^<( ; ; CTtC5tTl *11 1 To drink ; to swallow ; to rub ; to sprain. I n o u n c e d f‘klen.”

WlttM Verb (7FS ket D itto *lftW; fetft 'srfiMtiT® «lft 1 To pounce down upon ; to remain stick­ ing to something when dragged away.

Wllv Verb kep D itto T O *Ftft 5t ; W 1 To take by force; to quarrel; to con­ tend.

Wl9 Noun kai Ahom word (Shan, kai, 11^1 ; ’TtDFl i C^®Wft I A fowl; a bridge ; a hand rail. a fowl). a wi9 Verb .. i To lay a bridge; to plaster; to wipe; 1kai Ahom word (Shan, kai, ft ; 515; SRWl; <5(5; to feel an itching ft ; C*ll I to feel an itching sensation; to pre­ i sensation). vent from advancing by standing in the way; to surround; to stand in the way of ; to drive away. wf Adjective kai Ahom word WF® YtS^ 1 Elder. r 20 AHOM—ASSAMESE- |_ vn ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 21

P ronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. Assamese. | tion of phrases, etc. speech. English. Assamese. English. yh Adverb .. kai-kai Ahom word ; 3RS| I All around; gradually.

YV? 6 Noun kai-nam Ahom word (kai, a fowl, I A fisherman. nam, water, i.e. a water fowl).

^-*TT'8 kai-lao Ahom word i D Noun ora Ftft A kind of mat. w ’ toI k . . Noun kai-then Ahom word (kai, a fowl, i A jungle fowl. then, jungle, i.e. a jungle fowl).

YH(f } Noun W kao Ahom word (Shan, kao, } CWl J ; 'S lf^ ; fo R j J A spider; an owl; the calf of the leg ; w f 5 a spider). *Rl I injury; dew ; the weight of the body ; the heart. vnor | Pronoun .. ’Ft'S kao Ahom word (Shan and ’ i t I w f J Khamti, the same).

YY1(f > Verb Tf'S kao Ahom word CTt?R, ^ « l ’H J ; tW Tl I To remember; to swell; to mix together. YVlf 5 YYl(f } Numeral .. ’Ft'S kao Ahom word (Shan and a ( ^ ) , H I The number 9, nine. vnf 5 Khamti, the same).

YYI(f ) Adjective ’Ft'S kao Ahom word j ; (?l?1 ; CWl j *354 I Old; other ; not thoroughly ripe ; fresh ; YYlf J near.

YYlf Y$0~ Noun ^■f\g_f

o r ’ TM I The cheek. yyi Noun OR kem D itto C5W1 3 . «|^?f I To become too salt; to finish eating. wif Verb OR kern D itto ^Wtfb W®; Iff; ^ft; A kind of bamboo lath ; a small conical YlV Noun R'S kiw Ditto Orf®? ; I flower basket; a hint; an obstacle, a misfortune; sin; a long stick with a hook ; a needle; the cheek.

Verb kiw i Ditto *tt^5l j 55^*11 ■, <$ ’ll; ^®1 To taste; to feel an uneasy sensation in tsrl ; SR ; ’ll I the wind pipe ; to wear out the sharp 7 7 X 7 edge of a knife; to wind thread; to surround, to prevent from advancing; to go quickly.

J Adjective C ^ 'l Swift, rapid. Y$

P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of ------i tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. ! English. Assamese. English.

kiw-kiw Ahom word I Very bright. yRo" Adjective

kiw-nan D itto W j fosKl i The cheek-bone. kk Noun vflo o D itto 3tft? I A term of friendship to a Naga. Noun kva but pro- w / n o u n c e d *rtut i “ ko.”

To prune ; to smooth. '^< 1 Vfra D itto Ditto ; f t f c R I WilfD Verb kvak but pro- D itto ftt«1 ; ; ?Tl I A horn ; a water-pot, a pitcher ; lac. W1VV1 Noun o n o u n c ed « k&k.”

D itto D itto '©fWtl I To set fire to. vrrrvi Verb Ditto Ditto Curved. wrw Adjective kang Ahom word (Shan, the ft? I Poison. Noun same).

Ahom word *R1 «rft i Overburnt rice. Noun kang D itto (f*Tl ; I To prune ; to bring into subjection. Verb kang Ditto ft^®T j I A gun; a drum; a musical instrument. ™os Noun “ft®” kang but pro- n o u n c e d I “ klang.”

D itto D itto o f t f t I To husk paddy ; to spread on a bamboo Wrg Verb ^ < 1 Vfra seive.

klang-koi D itto ’Tl^t I A water animal. wrg w ’ Noun X X D itto Only; nothing but. WvS ‘VOA'l Adjective klang-to klang-noi D itto A gun. YV$ t? Noun Ditto ’raftfo, W®ftt I A cannon. wr§ vug? Noun klang-lung Ditto A germ; a rafter ; cream; a pipe; a yv£ Noun

D itto C’t'fa ft ; W ftf tf t ; Slfttl I To get worm ; to carry a thing suspend­ Verb kan ed; to do ; to receive homage.

D itto j I Good; nice. Adjective i kan 24 AHOM—ASSAMESE— YVl ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 25

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Mea n in g s. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i yy$ . . Noun kan-tun .. Ahom word (kan, a I Origin. germ, tun, a tree hence “ kan-tun ”= germ tree, i.e. origin).

Yvy; TJO1 w I yyi Noun kan-phra-phok Ahom word (kan, a CW I A mass of white rock, Mount Meru. mass, phra, a rock, phok, white, hence kan-p h r a-p h 6 k = a mass of white rock).

Yqp U01 vt>r Noun kan-pha-neu Ahom word (kan=good, I The name of the Vayus, or air-gods. p h a = air, n eu = g reat, hence kan-pha-neu= I good and great air). I YYJP wS Wl Noun kan-jan-pha Ahom word (k§,n=good, ffM ? Kfa, ^9^ JFt*R I The name of a deity, king of northern j an=glittering, pha quarter of heaven. =king; hence, kan- jan-pha=a good and glittering king).

YYJP W1 Noun ■ • kan-chung-pha Ahom word (kan=good, I The good God. chung=unmoved, i p h a = G o d , h e n c e good and unmoved God).

YYlCVv Verb kat Ahom word (Shan, kat, JR ; *rl ; Jft I To embrace ; to abandon; to go away D j X 7 J embrace). by force.

wry Noun kap Ahom word | A fortnight; a simple woman.

A Verb

A Adjective ■^1 kam D itto t®f11 Hump-backed.

Verb kay D itto *ifa? Jfl i To go idly, to go slowly.

A Verb koi Ditto Jfl ; W JR I To stay; to wait, to be finished; to 7 \ 7 7 \ consume.

A Particle .. koi D itto fsRTR ’ttw 'Sl^s ^

A Adverb .. koi f Ditto I Alone ; lonely ; only.

A i Verb kloi i Ditto I To go slowly. I i i 26 AIIOM—ASSAMESE ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 27

k >{, (^ri, K h a ).

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and Explana­ Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese. ! English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. j English. i ' E5,' Noun kha Ahom word (Shan, 3 ^ , j C«t3 5 ; V? ; CS® I A domes tic} a slave ; thatching grass ; Khamti and Siamese the thigh ; the hand ; a mlechha. kha=a slave; Shan, kha=thatching grass; Shan, kha-~= the thigh).

E5' Verb ti kha Ahom word ¥l^ ; C*Tfa ; C33ft3M ; W jsl I To cut; to ask for something ; to search; to censure ; to frighten. ! YU’S W9 Noun kha-kang-lai i Ditto I . A tribe in Assam called Miri, a Miri. vo, yyir w r Verb

VO , WR Verb kha-phan . . D itto ¥tl> I . To cut. W w g . . Noun kha-lang ¥l-*lt'Sx D itto 33t<1 I . A man of the Barahi caste. J 0 WYYl . . Noun kha-lik 0 ,7^9 Noun kha-dai D itto 3

VOYU Verb

VO YU VO Adverb . . khak-khrai . . Ditto 3¥i*n yf^cs i , . i In every division, everywhere. VOYU VOR . . Adjective VR ' <£ >, j ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 29

Ahom Parts ! P ronunciation. Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. i speech. Assamese. ! English. Assamese. English.

V3§ Verb .. ; khang Ahom word ®f®l A[j53Tt

V3'S • • Adjective khang Ditto ; W f a 1 Even, level; horizontal.

R1 Adverb . .

VOR Noun *llH khan D itto ; ’TF®Hi J Ttf5 ■ W Fl } j 5[tsi4 } An axe; acute pain; a sickle; a weav­ ing shuttle; two boats lashed to­ gether ; rust; a fish spear; a word ; peace, a spur.

VOR Verb . . i khan Ahom word (Shan, khan j ’f’tl To neglect; to trade; to speak; to go = price). quickly; to sprinkle holy water; to ' X 7 make haste ; to draw or fall down.

)OR VoAl . Adjective khan to Ahom word j fH®rfa i Alone; solitary.

VOR w . . Adverb . . khan-ma-cham Ditto C’rtH’PtCSI I As soon as.

VOOA Verb «rtT> khat Ahom word (Shan, khat J ’ll J i To blame, to censure; to tear, to break = to divide). asunder ; to divide into parts ; to be defeated ; to go, to proceed.

W TOWl Verb khat-phuk .. Ahom word C®ff5 1 To yoke.

K>V Noun khap D itto

Verb khap D itto *rw «it*r j To make into selves.

>c Noun *tpt kham Ahom word (Shan and ’Ftt’iK j chTci } ; w i } ■, Cloth ; gold ; a word ; news ; evening ; Khamti, the same). i. a granary; a kind of musical instru­ ment.

Verb kham Ahom word To lessen; to become evening ; to burst; to sting, to pierce.

'h wi w i> Noun ^%-<£-rri kham-ku-la.. Ditto W l 5 W ® 1 A servant; a pious man. io r a? v i Noun kham-nam-ti- Ditto 1 The river Sobansiri. ma.

K> aV Noun *(T kham-tai D itto fgcfl . . 'stfC^ST 1 A kite ; a slave ; an Ahom.

x> uot-vvi Noun kham-phok . . D itto ’H 1 To learn to speak.

>O VR Verb ; kham-man . . Ditto * 1 To happen. i vb VR eg' Noun kham-man-ta- Ditto 1 A slave. ra. 30 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ 13 Y>(V\ I ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 31

P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

13 <

3 0 C 13 Noun kham-deng . . Ditto C’TPA saf’stP I A gold canopy, a gold tapestry.

9 Noun f t khi . . Ahom word (Shan, khi ft£l, I Dung; ordure; a peacock; distress, =dung; ordure; khi difficulty. =distress, difficulty). 9 VO Verb f t khi Ahom word I To get up, to rise.

9 9 9 I'O vu v Noun f t- f t- f t khi-li-mi D itto I A Doha ; a man of a hill tribe in Assam. 0 S' V0W1 Noun ft<^ “m ” khik but pro- D itto 5 ’2®t15 3tfft f t I A guest; a spirit; worship; the river

13^ i Noun ft'Sx khing . . , Ahom word (Shan, 5 ftiA I Ginger; a chopping block on which khing (open) = ginger, bhang is minced. khing (medium) = a chopping block on which bhang is min ced).

13°g Adjective ft$ khing Ahom word | Large, fat.

13^ Noun f t \ “ft® ” khing but pro- Ahom word (Shan, . 5ji, i A canopy; the body. 3 ft SC5 n o u n c e d khing=the body). “ khring.”

V3K 1 5 f tf tf t 5 3ft ; 3ft 331 3^3 31 3ftl I Distress ; any injurious accident; a fence Noun PA khin Ahom word Ton y raised across a stream to catch fish ; a permanent work or event. VOK * Verb PA khin Ahom word (Shan, khin W l; 5^1 33ft 3Aj Stft CftSft ; To strip off the rind of a tree or plant; VOK 5 = to be unlucky). *33 S3 J C531 ;

VOK > T5^1 . «|^1 I 9^ r Adjective PI3 khin Ahom word Thinner than other parts, becoming VOK > gradually thinner towards the end ; ripe but hard ; not even ; unpractised. VOAAo r* i fi n ? Noun khit Ahom word (Shan, the C3«J | A toad, a frog. VZOA ) same). |r Y2QAo 32 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 33

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts i Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

M } Verb khit Ahom word (Shan, khit fiH ; 'Q’ftfo Tft? ; <71*11 ; To pull upwards; to raise one end up­ = to raise one end up­ *lt#t «tTl I wards ; to throw with a stick ; to be wards). watery. Noun khit-kin Ahom word, khit=a or®-

v§v Adjective khip D itto <.W i Narrow.

ySvS Noun f*l^3 khin but pro- D itto ’W ?t5t I The spots in the moon. <[f*I 5itC5f n o u n c e d cf khen.”

Verb Ditto D itto W l *[*11 3 ;

&& Adverb . . '3’W f?7/( Ditto D itto I Very, much.

Verb khen-bai D itto 7t^h( i To help.

n Noun “3P” khu but pro- D itto ’TfOFl 5 j I A bridge; a wooden stand on which a I ’ifih *rf

v&

vfto" wft

V&o~ . Noun khru-kang . . D itto ^g I A small beam placed between a main post and a post at the eaves.

v&

5 34 AHOM----ASSAMESE— [ R™ VV1 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 35

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Mea n in g s. words. of speech. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

X}W Noun fa® ‘f a ” khuk (pro- Ahom word. 5 T t^ ; ’F'fa ’TtC^R OTRR1 (fafcl ; xf*I I .. A tadpole; a room with planked walls ; n o u n c e d dirt. “ khuk.”

k >S Noun e? ^ f a ® 3R f a khung but D itto fat ; OStNl j N tSf^ f a ; <931 I Frost; a puddle; the highest part of pronounced anything ; a castor-oil plant. “ khrung.”

Verb s *Rh ifR Ditto D itto w w '®t?r Xi To divide or distribute equally. Noun fa 5® ‘f a ” khung but D itto fafrl ; C’ftfah I A room. f a pronounced “ khrung.” i you Noun fa<® ‘f a ” ! khun but pro- Ahom word (Shan W1 J faR< ; ^ t f a ; j CTR ; A k in g ; a prince; a p rie st; a kind of n o u n c e d khun, a king). fai Res St’fR &f® }

Verb 'S’RH RR D itto Ahom word fWTl 5 fall ; CfafaRl I To mix together ; to reconcile ; to snore.

roS uoi ZS D *- Noun ’JHfa-Vl khun-khak- D itto i os's R ^t® opR Fourth son of Khunlung. He was a pha. Wl R tf a l king of the country called Junlung or Munjang.

Noun K • • khun-ngu .. D itto I

l-op o a ', . . Noun khun-ta D itto Ij3j I OS'S WR faft) OPR Wl Khunta was the sixth son of Khunlung. R tf a I He was a king of Ava, in Burma. 1-OR 101 . . Noun khun-pha .. D itto fasR ’3j3 I Os'S 5[®“fa§ ^t§t, OpR Khunpha was the second son of Khun­ w l 'srtf^n i lung and ruled the country called ‘‘ Mungteu.” K>J; PK Noun khun-ban . . Ahom word (khun, a i Solar-race. The Buragohain family is prince, ban, the sun). said to be descended from the sun.

TOtj TO. . Noun facfa-RR .. khun-theu- Ahom word W l OTRfa HR I The name of a deity. kham.

K>js m Noun Khun-la D itto *33j | OS'S Of»R

Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Noun khun-lung . . Ahom word (khun, a (?4®J544 (^®4) 4tft I C«'S 8So »t4*5 Khunlung, the grandson of Lengdon prince, lung, elder). ’SFfa 441 CTft 44ftt4 4tft 'ftft ^ft^4ft (Indra), came down from heaven to the earth by means of an iron ladder, in 'Nft5 4«f1 ^9 I ’ttF® '®tt44? 490 Saka era (or in 568 A.D.), and *14=11W4 «ltft br ®F4ft I arrived at Mungrimungram. He made 4^4 w i 47?® C’f*!’® 4®f1 a city there and became king. In i ^®ft® 8 o 4ftj cst’t 4^4 course of time, his brother Khunlai quarrelled with him for the kingdom. 4ft I He fled to Lengdon and according to the advice of the latter came down again and became king of the country called “ Mungkhumungjao.” He 1 reigned there for 40 years and then went back to heaven.

5? w 9 Noun khun-lai Ahom word (khun, a »J^Tt^ ^ « 4 'SfaFF I ’Sf’ft Khunlai was the younger brother of prince, lai, younger). 1 f t I but he quarrelled with Khunlung and made himself king of ‘ Mungrimung­ ram.” He died having ruled the coun­ try for 70 years.

Wlor . . Noun khun-shu Ahom word (khun, a ’J4-^, 1 C®'® 4t7ft4:4 4ftT Khunshu was the 7th son of Khunlung. prince, shu, a tiger ; t . 4$4ftt®” 4ft1 I 4 4 4 ft He succeeded his father at “ Mung- i.e. a prince tiger or a khu-mung-jao.” He died after a 4ftl Cwft 4fft I tiger prince). reign of 25 years.

>004 Noun khut Ahom word i Division.

>ooa Verb khut Ahom word (Shan khut, ®t® 4ft ; ®t® ftp «tW ; ft® I To divide boiled rice; to scatter boiled to divide boiled rice). rice ; to dig ; to tear.

Noun khut-ngi Ahom word ^f® , fet'Qftsft 48 ®ltf> 41 4 ft4 4ft I Khutngi, the 27th year or lakni of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.”

.. Noun *4>-fti> khut-m it D itto M t^ft '^tsft«t4 8°l «ltfft1 4ftC^ft Khutmit, the 47th year or lakni of an 4ft I Ahom “ Taoshinga.”

>OJM w f . . Noun khut-cheu . . D itto ^C5^, 'SltCFft feftfBsft ®8 ®TtfiP 41 4 ftftft Khutcheu, the 37th lakni or year of an 4ft I Ahom “ Taoshinga.” yot£ TVH . . Noun ^ f t khut-shan .. Ditto fet'Sftsft «8 41 4ftiftf4 4ft I The name of the 57th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.” yooA 1# . . Noun khut-shi D itto .. 'NtC^ft M'8ft«t4 18 ^Itft 4l 454ftf4 Khutshi, the 17th lakni or year of an 4ft I Ahom <( Taoshinga.” 38 AHOM— ASSAMESE- [ WW ' v /v f Y>K 0% OA ' R ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 39

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

KM v fc ' . . Noun ^-fF«1 khut-shinga.. Ahom word ^fF«1, *itf> ^1 Kft I Khutshinga, the 7th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.”

YQ> Noun T3 khup Ahom word (Shan khup, *pSF I A fortnight. any cycle of time).

Verb r t khup Ahom word (Shan khup 'qt^t ; ^ ^ 1 ; fa j Ftft Fl I To kneel down ; to have a painful bit’ (closed), to kneel ing sensation in the joints; to be down ; khup (open), finished ; to taste salt. to have an ache, to bite). ktG v 9 Verb T H fa khup-bai Ahom word (khup, to ^ f a i To sit kneeling down. kneel down, bai, to place). o Noun 5R khrum Ahom word (Shan khum, ^ < 1 ; W 1 I A pond ; a ladder. (closed), ladder). o n , Verb khrum Ahom word (Shan To fall upside down ; to itch ; to rub. khum, to itch). © Adjective 3R fal . . khrum for Ahom word (Shan fw l I Bitter. khum) khum).

Noun “'fa” khun but pro­ Ahom word (Shan luk- fatfa? i A son-in-law. ’IFF nounced khui). “ khui ”

Verb 'S’t^R tfU D itto Ahom word ftf i To sigh ; to thrust or impel by the neck. yn? Wo* . . Noun f a FT'S (^1 khui chao (or D itto i The wife of a father’s younger brother. Ft'S) khrui-chao)

Verb C«t khe Ahom word (Shan khe f/R j ^1 '»t? I To enclose with a hedge ; to remove the (open), to deliver effect of the evil eye. from a present evil).

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts 'Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

‘/ Y r o% ■&{, Noun khe-nam-ti-ma, Ahom word (khe = a The river Dhansiri, in the Golaghat Sub- river, nam = water, 1 Division, in the Sibsagor District in ti = a place, ma = to Assam. come, i.e. a river com­ ing from a watery place). t'/v f R Y o Noun khe-nam-shao. Ahom word (khe = a m i x The river Dikhau, in the Sibsagar Sub- river, nam = water, 1 Division, in the Sibsagar District. shao=full, i.e,. a river full of water).

wD r Noun khe-nam-ti- Ahom word (khe = a W f The river Lohit, in Assam, a branch of lao. river, nam = water, the Brahmaputra. ti = a place, lao — to infatuate, i.e. a river from a beautiful place).

< / Y r weR Noun khe-nam-jin. Ahom word (khe = a C5U1 1 The Sessa river, in Assam. river, nam = water, jin = cold, i.e. a river of cold water).

< / Y r y f yS Noun khe-nam-dao- Ahom word (khe = a 1 The river Brahmaputra, in Assam. phi. river, nam = water, dao = star, phi = a god, i.e. a river of star-god). 1 Noun kho Ahom word (Shan kho, 5 ; W t 1 The neck ; a hoe ; a pole with a hook to i the neck ; kho, a pole pull something ; a tie, a knot; a chap­ with a hook to pull ter, a division of a book. something).

Verb *1 kho Ahom word To glitter ; to catch by the neck.

‘A n $0 . . Noun kho-niu Ahom word (kho = a The kunckles. knot, a joint, niu = a finger, i.e. a finger- joint).

1 O1R . . Noun kho-tin Ahom j word (kho = a sftft 1 The thigh joint. joint, tin = a leg, i.e. a leg-joint).

6 42 r r *1 AIIOM—ASSAMESE—- [ ‘Vk i v lo Ko or Ko J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 4 3

i Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. of Derivation and explana- words. | English. j tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. Assamese. English.

fto" . . Noun kho-mu m Ahom word (kho = a 1 The wrist. joint, mu = a hand, i.e. a hand-joint).

k I vvi Noun khek Ahom word | A kind of bamboo scoop used in catching fish q

kIS Noun C«R khen i Ahom w ord (Shan, 3 fft, ft*11 1 Night. khiin).

ftlS Verb khen Ahom word (Shan, khun j 8 ^ 1 To get up. to ascend; to return, to go 1 = to ascend). back. vA cm Verb khet i Ahom word (Shan, khut C * ( f t *11 i C*(ft j *11 1 To chase ; to overtake; to be scratched. = to overtake ; khut = to scratch).

Noun c*i*t khep Ahom word (Shan, khup A span. (closed)). iA £ Verb c*t^ khep Ahom word 1 To kindle fire by applying cotton or the like.

k >’ Noun *tft “*rft” khai, pronoun­ Ahom word (Shan, khai 45 • 4^' j 4ft ■, ^ftUr i tW h 1 A buffalo ; an egg ; d irt; a cocoon ; soli­ tf t w r ced khrai.” = an egg ; dirt). tude.

io’ Verb '8’^ HCo2 . Pronoun . . *lfs khao Ahom word (Shan, khau CY-sft^ft j W M l 1 T h ey ; all. = they, all). ^6 r i 44 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— [ K>f o r vo0r X>0 J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 45

Parts j P ronun CIATION. Me a n in g s . A hom Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

K>f or vorf. . Adjective Sit'S khao Ahom word (Shan, khaw Stfl, ^ 1 . | W hite: nice. = white).

vof or K>(f. . Verb sfts khao Ahom word (Shan,.khaw ^5fi j CTftl;. CRWR; FF; To put into; to enter; to shake; to — to enter; to shake). nurse; to prepare a raft; to jump away; to consult.

vof or k o . . Preposition Sit'S khao Ahom word | In, within.

yhi . . Noun «lt'S-^ khao-ko D itto SR fif 1 To grant a boon. r r X>0 YV1YY1 . . Noun sit'S -^ khao-kak .. D itto Rice not properly husked.

K>f YWo~ Noun stt'S-'^t'S khao-kao D itto i Crushed or split chaff. r o Noun S|f'3-s^ khao-nung .. D itto i Boiled Bara rice (it becomes soft when put in water). r Noun . . i stT'-S-^ khao-tun D itto The unbroken and coarser rice which re­ mains on the sieve after sifting. Noun .. 1 i k U S . . sltS-f*R khao-pin D itto 27 i Broken rice. Noun . . ! V®f VCM s|TS-FTO-(3«x . . khao-bit-heng 1 D itto WH 1 Barley. i Hr VR Noun srts-^ khao mun .. D itto ’W t, 1 Rice frumentry.

y S Noun C«R5 kheu Ahom word (Shan khaii } 1 Wish, desire; thought. = desire). I y S Verb .. 1C«l^ kheu Ahom word sR 1 To get over-sunned.

y S Adjective RIY kheu D itto 1 Good.

r r vo w \ . Verb kheu-eheu-du. Ahom word (kheu = •HY '»'R 1 To think in one’s mind. thought, cheu=heart, du = to see, i.e. to think in one’s mind).

r Noun khriw Ahom word (Shan, khiw ’ life J W-SR*!; A stack of wood; a tooth ; sneezing ; a = a tooth). kind of snare for birds ; a plank; C 7t\l dark colour ; a putrid smell.

r K>0 Verb khriw Ahom word 25l-c7ti^tal j 5rt\ i To smell putrid; to put food into the mouth.

<-A <- Deep-dark, dark in colour ; full of dirt; K>o Adjective fa^ khriw D itto IwfafW ■, 2^ ■, 1 • • having the smell of raw fish or flesh. r ‘Sc 46 AHOM—ASSAMESE---- L Ko K $ k ’ ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 47

Parts P ronunciation. ’ Me a n in g s. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ words. speech. Assamese. | English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

r VOo Adverb .. khriw Ahom word i Yes, to say yes.

ICO YH-tf Noun khriw-klang Ahom word (khriw = a t|\5 I A middle tooth. tooth, klang = mid­ dle, i.e. a middle tooth). r r yoo cvw; Noun khriw-tun Ahom word (khriw = a '<1 vffa I A grinder. tooth, tun = a root, i.e. a root-tooth). r 9 A frontal tooth. K>o V Noun khriw pai . . Ahom word (khriw = a Ws i tooth, pai = frontal). r /a Toothless. TOo cteOA0 . . Adjective khriw-rat Ahom word (khriw = a i tooth, rat= fallen , i.e. fallen tooth or tooth­ less). i An enclosure for anim al; a cow-house ; K0W Noun khak Ahom word (Shan, khak ; chrysalis, a cocoon. = an enclosure for animal).

K ^ K Noun khak-khan . . Ahom word (khak = an ^

To be in disorder. n S Verb khrang Ahom word < 5 ^ 5,^1 I Cropped. K$ Adjective khrang D itto *Kt I An alligator. n S k £ . . Noun khrang-khroi D itto 1 48 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ n S wag ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 49

s Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. n g weg .. Noun khrang-ling Ahom word (khrang = 1 Goods and chattels. goods, ling = cattle, i.e. goods and cattle).

K>d£ Noun khan Ahom word (Shan? khan 'NflR, ; RR ; j feWR • CRRtR 1 • . Duration of life, life ; mind; a hammer ; = a club). a club ; a bridle.

K>CR Verb khan Ahom word 5R J To move.

V3qK Adjective khan D itto CTHI ; 5R1 1 Muddy, turbid ; slightly putrid.

Noun khSt j D itto fW F 1 A teacher.

K>d0A Verb khat Ahom word (Shan^ khat Rftij f t ; ’jRl ; R tfe ; *R I To tie,, to bind; to tie a knot; to = to be a knot). frighten; to select; to fall down from above. n v Noun khap Ahom word j <$R1 ; j 1 A mortar; a small box; a weaver’s peg ; a circle, a ring.

Verb khap Ditto RR X7, Sf’TI 1 To shut up.

Noun khap-rang . . D itto r r r *rh51 A piece of board on a wall of an amphi­ theatre.

A> Noun kham D itto RR1 ; fRCRUI fw i I A word ; a subject of talk or thought. h>o . . I Verb ’R kham D itto ; CRfa 1 To become upside down ; to ask. o z>D Adjective *Rs kham D itto ’H i Cropped. o <"* VOoNR Noun ’R-RR kham-man D itto CRH ^1 I The turning out correctly of something said ; the fulfilment of a prophecy.

Noun 2!? khroi D itto fR3f, rcri 5 w c w 'n M I ; c^Rl rri i The male organ; the narrow eaves of a house; a mistake made in weaving.

K>’ Verb 21^ khroi Ditto *rt*t i To be destroyed. r , , u r II Adjective a t khroi D itto ; RRl 1 Zigzag; dead.

K>’^ Noun 2|^R khroin D itto i A shark, a crocodile.

1i

7 50 AI-IOM— ASSAM ESE— [ V ( if™] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 51 («!, Nga).

Parts P ronunciation. e a n in g s Ahom Derivation and explana­ M . of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. 1 English. i Assamese. English.

Noun «1 (£T§) nga (short) .. i Ahom word (Shan, nga I The sesamum and its seed ; the spikes = the sesamum and attached to a fish-trap. its seed).

T ^i Verb D itto Ahom word (Shan, nga GjW I To aim at. — to aim at).

V Adjective 3 * R H HCH D itto .. , Ahom word W5l I Hair-lipped. i Noun $1 ( hR h ) nga (long) . . I Ahom word (Shan, nga W ; I Ivory; a tusk; a mole (on the body). ; = a tusk) I Noun ®t-®1 nga-nga ! Ahom word ^ 5 i Many moles.

Noun ngak D itto I Dropsy.

■ g w Verb ngak D itto fttR l. Yfflfwffr ?T| , cq^rl b? Hl I To rend asunder ; to go aside.

& Noun ®R ngan D itto 5 o^ chR i A cobra; a kind of disease (a form of diarrhoea.

Noun ngap D itto c*ff, C&C’RI I The tongs.

Ij V Verb <§t*t ngap D itto ’HI ; ctfl ft ; I To be overburnt; to press down, to lean ; to be defeated. g Noun «Rs ngam D itto j CWl, cWl 5 CHtn I A hole ; a leaning or reclining pressure ; a prop. g Verb ®R ngam Ahom w j | d (S h a n, ''jW t ; j (RH *n I To cover the body from head to foot ngam = to hatch, to with a cloth ; to hatch, to incubate ; i i incubate). to warp (as a board). g Adjective « tH ngam Ahom word. v

Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc speech. Assamese. English. /Assamese. English.

o za 0 dS W . . Verb ngik-ru-shi .. Ahom word To strike the head against something.

Verb ngin. Ahom word (Shan, w I To hear. ngin)

■$? Verb ngin-ku Ahom word «n i To get frightened.

15V Noun f«<3 ngip D itto vtWxt? i A kind of stand.

Noun $ ngu Ahom word (Shan, ngu 3TM } | A snake, a serpent; the fifth son of a = a snake) family.

<

Verb $s ngu D itto ; UftfW 5(1 j I To lay down a pole; to go with the 5 body bent; to break by trampling. Noun (§\§ ngung D itto bR, 5ttf5Kl I A chair. ) $ } Noun R ngun D itto

Verb S’f ngup D itto ^5 wtf« I To remain with the head raised. v z Noun OS nge D itto % l J f t w t t J eft’ll .; Ut^ 5 cfW i A boundary; a well-doer, one who does kindly action ; a stopper made of soft materials, a cork; ashes ; a prop.

Adjective C(§ ngne D itto C’tft J w , ^51 I Even, straight; sincere; bowed, bent (of the body).

•gr Noun c

I < f Verb $ ngaw D itto C<5H ; Vi ; 5 CTft I To roar ; to peep through ; to grope for ; to suck.

Noun ngek D itto ’ tt^t HN I An imaginary water animal, a water 5 naga.

$ ) Noun ngen Ahom word (Shan, ngun i j ^ , 5 I Silver; a skein of thread ; the gum; a M 5 = silver) carpenter.

$ h9 i Z Noun ngen-hoi-shao- Ahom word I A necklace. 1 kho 0 <" L oa Verb nget D itto cst?rl i To aim at. l£G Verb G§^ ngep D itto i To break a piece of split bamboo. 54 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 55

Parts P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Noun ngai Ahom word ^ 1 ; CSrN 1 Lust; sexual desire ; a pair.

Verb <§t^ ngai D itto 3^tC® 3 1 To wish; to come suddenly or quickly into being.

Adjective ngai Ahom word (Shan, ngai) ^ 1 Easy.

Verb ngai-shi Ahom word (ngai=a ®ti§x I To separate a pair. pair, shi = separate, i.e. to separate a pair) z } Noun (St'S ngao Ahom word (Shan, ngaw j c*tt331 A wild cat; a ray of light; light. = e m itte d brightness) z ? Verb «^s ngao Ahom word Ctt33 ft j VK 1 To emit brightness; to tear off. 5 Verb St'S ngao D itto ft 1 To manure.

-Zc Noun «Vs ngaw D itto 1 Moss. %° l?

'Qftt f t ■ f tf t otftf 51 I To thrust into; to look with the head ft™ Verb ngak Ahom word (Shan, ngak = to raise the head) raised.

A knoll; a hillock. ft« Noun ng an Ahom word 1 Handsome. ft« Adjective ngan Ditto W W 1 ’IC^tft® 3 ; To be afraid of; to be abstracted in ftv Verb ngap D itto J 0*11 1 thought with down drooping head; to sleep.

To swell, to be puffed up. f t Verb

i ! 56 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ R i o r rx rs k»: ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 57

R, (Hl, Na).

Parts P ronunciation . Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

R or r i . . Noun na Ahom word (Shan, na *WtH ; HTtft, CHfH ; 35 ; 1 A rice field; disease; the mouth, face ; = a rice field, face) the front. i Verb na Ahom word | To return.

R WR t £ . . Adverb . . na-kan-man D itto 1 As usual. m Particle .. Hl na (long) D itto ^ T l 1 A suffix of the future. m Adjective Hl (fbR ) na (long) D itto 1 Thick, not thin.

RI Adverb .. H l(fM ) na (long) D itto 1 Very, exceedingly.

RI Y^V Noun na kip Ahom word (na=a field, C^tCHl ’Ffabl HHI ’Mfa I A reserved field. kip = to reserve, i.e. a reserved field)

Noun HlV fA'SHj | . . The leg. RI Hl-fjt®X na-khring Ahom word RI DOW Noun HPFFF na-phak D itto W H 1 The forehead.

RYY) Noun Hff nak D itto &T 1 An otter.

RYW Verb Ht^ nak D itto ’ll ; *ltHifa ’Tft 1 To be in difficulty; to shout falling in i water.

RW Adjective Ht^ nak Ahom word (Shan, nak) 1 Heavy. I _ L . L I rS Noun Ht«s nang Ahom word (Shan, nang W l, J §>tH 1 A girl; a full nap ; skin. = a sister) rS Verb H t\ nang Ahom word (Shan, nang ’ll 1 To sit; to be in distress or difficulty. = to sit)

fnfbHl 1 Like. rS Adjective Ht«X nang Ahom word J CTH ; TO 1 Thus; as; according to. rS Adverb .. Ht«X nang D itto rS yy\, y £ . . Verb H t « . nang-ku-khao D itto fat 1 To sit knee upon knee.

R# YQ> Verb Ht«-

8 58 AHOM— ASSAMESE — ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 59

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i Noun nang-noi Ahom word I A small prop placed at each end of the upper beam.

R§ t>R Verb n a n g - b i n- D itto ’Itft I To sit on the hams with the legs curled khring up, to squat.

R'S ‘A pI W oo" Verb nang-cho-kao- D itto I To sit stooping. kao r5 w B$ Noun nang-chang D itto E f t I A prop placed at the middle of the main beam and the upper beam and on which the ridge pole of a house is

& rested.

RR Noun nan Ahom word (Shan, nan < t ; W I A daughter; lateness. = to be long in doing)

RR Verb nan Ahom word

RR Pronoun nan D itto C T ? I That.

RR Noun Ht=T-C^

R

R R1 Adverb .. nam-na Ahom word (nam = ’sifaF | Very much. many, na = very).

0 0 A water-pot. R Noun S X nam-tang .. Ahom word (nam = ^1?, I water, tang = a pot, i.e. a water-pot).

R »\VW V* . . Noun nam-nuk-pu Ahom word I A brush.

R 0% V'-, . . Noun nam-ti-ma .. D itto The river Dhansiri, in the Golaghat Sub­ division. 9 r -i 60 AHOM—ASSAMESE- [ r oft w r RYU J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 61 L- D

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. o g r R OA w . . Noun nam ti-lao . Ahom word srft i The river Lohit, a branch of the Brahma­ putra.

R V^vuvu . . Noun nam-pu-lak D itto | Ambrosia

R q w Noun nam -buk Ahom word (nam = (?f?H 1 The mucus of the nose. water, buk = mucus, i.e. mucus water). o r' n r rpr, w . . Verb nam-buk-lai Ahom word (nam= c*I^h fa *ri i To flow mucus from the nose. i water, buk^-mucus, lai = to flow). 0 r R PYM Noun ’ nam-blak- Ahom word | The water of the Ganges. rung o er WR Noun nam-jin Ahom word (nam = CWl 1 The river Sessa. water, jin=cold)

5 W1 Wl . . Noun nam-la-la . . Ahom word w W , i The ocean, the sea.

3 Wt(f Vtq. Noun nam-shu-la Ahom word (nam= i A shark, a crocodile. water, shu=a tiger, la=true, i.e. a real water-tiger).

; ■H'o' Noun nam-shao Ahom word (nam= 1 The river, Dikhoo, in the District of water, shao=clear, Sibsagor. i.e. clear water). i . Noun nam-hoi-khe Ahom word (nam= The name of a stream called “Samuk- water, hoi=a shell, jan .” khe=a river, i.e. a river of shell). i ™ ■■ Noun nam-dao-phi Ahom word (nam= w a si i The river Brahmaputra in Assam. water, dao = a star, phi=a god, i.e. water of etar-god).

Id To go away ; to be in debt. 2TJ( Verb f t ni Ahom word (Shan, ni= to go, to be in debt). ) Adjective ft ni Ahom word i Over-ripe. 1 Remote, far. Adverb .. f t ni D itto 5? 1

Noun ft-^1 ni-sha D itto I Father’s elder brother.

Verb ft^ nik D itto ’Tt^t fa ’rl i To flow down the neck (of water in bathing). 62 AHOM----ASSAMESE— r e L RYVi W RYVi IV9 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 63

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana- Mea n in g s. words. of speech. Assamese. J English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. e r , RW W . . Interjection 51 nik-cha Ahom word Vs I Alas. H'S Noun ning D itto 1 A kind of stand ; a kind of tray mounted on a leg. R Verb nim D itto To be dinted; to push with the elbow. Noun ’ nin but Ahom word (Shan, to ^ 1 I A kind of plant. pronounced be hard, not pliant; “nen” to compress, crowd). rM Verb “ opt” nin but pro­ Ahom word (Shan, to V ; CTfa ; CTUl <$ Si 1 To become compact; to bury in the <[pt «Tf€'5f nounced be hard, not pliant; earth; to walk with the breast “nen” to compress, crowd). elevated. R°M* Adjective D itto Ahom word Mhv i Small in stature.

R& or Kor . . Noun nu or nu Ahom (Shan, nu=a rat, A rat, a mouse ; flesh ; race, lineage. nuw = flesh).

Kc, or k/ . . Adjective D itto Ahom word } c w ^ h ri i W hite; over-ripe. Preposition 'S’PPI VfW 1 or *8 • • D itto D itto 'Q’fa 1 Up, above, on.

RVD > Noun nuk Ahom word (Shan, nuk ; V^> 1 A bird ; a bone. tUWl $ = a bird; dead).

Adjective nuk Ahom word Deaf.

RYU YURo Noun nuk-kan D itto W 1 1 A kind of bird.

RYU OA Noun nuk-tu D itto I A dove ; a pegion.

RYU w S . . Noun nuk-jang D itto I A paddy bird.

^ yu wjS . . Noun nuk-jung D itto VV I A peacock. ryu Wdyu . . Noun nuk-chak .. D itto ckttTffl 1 A kind of bird.

R cbR . . Noun nuk-ren D itto ■s

RYUt? c£ Dr . . Noun nuk-ran D itto 1 A mythical bird, half bird, half man, on which Vishnu rides. He is the king of birds and descended from Kasyapa and Vinata one of the daughters of Daksha. r .9 r wi W Noun nuk-shai Ahom word (nuk=a s f t Sift 1 The wag tail. bird, shai=sand, i.e. sand-bird). ft 4 r o AHOM—ASSAMESE— ‘V'r'I ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 65

P ronunciation. Abom Parts Mea n in g s. of Derivation and explana- words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. English.

Noun nuk-dam Ahom word nuk=a 1 A kind of pheasant. bird, d am = black, i.e. i a black bird)

Noun nung Ahom word

ROA Noun nut Ahom word (Shan, nut). 1 A beard.

k/\ Verb nut Ahom word (Shan, nut). i To split a bamboo piece into strips by- bending one end.

r

RD Verb nup D itto 1 To bend. 0 Noun Re- nuffl Ahom word (Shan, num srft? } rfaft, } (Mft i A handsome-looking man; the breast, = udder). udder; the hair on the breast.

Verb nui Ahom word Cftfa f t 1 To throw away.

Noun nun but pro­ D itto CTftft^t 1 A kind of plant. nounced nui

I^v2 V3or . . Verb sfa-ftfS nui-khriu , . D itto ftfa sfft ^1 srft I To sing songs in exchange, to sing songs against one another.

Noun CT ne D itto i A certain squirrel-like animal.

d v f Verb CT ne D itto fftp, 'STftWfa 1 To give oneself to; to leak through (as the roof of a house); to push ! against. i f Verb <7W nem D itto ft ; ; WaFI'® ?ft ft wl 1 •. To sew; to make a sort of sound by striking the arm ; putting a hand on the armpit, to dint. fan Noun no Ahom word (Shan, no= ; CW‘1 1 A sprout, a shoot; a wen, a painless a sprout). tumour.

9 66 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 67

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

R°™ I Noun (7^ nek Ahom word cvft 1 A stitch in sewing. rI w 5

$ Verb X neng D itto *Ht 1 To shake. r’ Noun nai Ahom (Shan, nau= ftK J ^«rl sfa ^

Ro' or Kro . . Noun HtS nao or naw. . Ahom word (Shan, nau ^ift ; Mt 5 it, ; CEVl | A mistress, a paramour; a wife; inside ; = inside). chillness, coldness.

Ro~ or Kpr . . Verb nao or naw.. Ahom word ®tf« 'STft ; tf3fl ; CN51 ? I To raise and bring; to march; to be cold.

Rr Noun o ft neu D itto The inside.

Rf Preposition o ft neu D itto ft's <3 I Inside, in, into.

r K v w Noun neu-pak D itto 1 The inside of the mouth.

Rr Wf Noun (.•ft-CNS neu-cheu D itto The breast.

«?

Ro~ w g . . Noun ftfe-

o

Noun f t ^ niu-mu D itto '8Rtft

Noun ft^ -ft niu-chi D itto 'sftft ’Nftft 1 The fore-finger.

,$<~ r Ro Wj, Noun ft^-slts niu-thao D itto 1 The thumb.

K°or^VOpr . . Noun ft&^M't'S . . niu-ru-khao D itto N tft ft^Tl 1 The knee-pan. 68 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ W ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 69

Parts P ronunciation. ea n in g s Ahom Derivation and explana­ M . of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. English.

t?(f w V . . Noun niu-lu Ahom word I A miser.

KW Noun nak Ditto 5 'srftst? 5 5 The horn of a rhinoceros; sound sleep ; 5 I delight, joy; the weight of anything; a kind of evil sp irit; a bone.

Verb nak D itto (TlW ; ’TtH j I To measure ; to respect; to be delighted ; to rot.

uwi Adjective nak Ditto I Putrid.

Noun nang D itto VF, ^1 J C’ltU, I A lake, a pond; a younger brother or sister ; the muscles of the lower part of the leg.

^■8 w r Noun R®-^t'S nang-shao . . Ahom word (Shan, nang ^0^5 jpjs | An adult younger sister. = younger sister, shao = full-grown).

R0S . i Noun H®-0W nang-neng Ahom word I A younger sister.

Verb *R nan D itto CTCffHl W ], ; CTW ’ R fif j

RF Adjective nan Ditto i Dark.

D CM ' Noun nan-ta D itto ctm i The eye-brow.

W wS . . Noun nan-jan D itto *R1 CVTf

R0S Noun nan-dang .. Ditto JlfaR CSt’R 5 JFfa (35'QHl I The bridge of the nose.

o D itto nD Adjective •R nam ’JWl I Crumbled. 9 D Adjective noi Ahom word (Shan, noi VM

m '-, (fel, Ta)

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

OA' | Noun ft ta Ahom word (Shan, ta 5$ ; J I The eye; a bathing place on a river 041 5 =the eye ; a landing- bank, a landing place; a box; a place). joint; a tooth.

CV\' Verb ft ta Ahom word (Shan, ta= ftp j Csq J ; 5R1 WTl ; To sow ; to rub oil, to anoint; to think ; to smear). fa

04$ Adjective ta Ahom word I Good, fine; excellent.

Noun ta-ken D itto sfPi. i The eye-ball, the pupil.

OA^ Noun ta-khi Ahom word (ta=the I Morbid secretions of the eye, discharge eye, khi=excrement, from the eye. i.e. excrement of the eye).

04' tj 14/ . . Verb ta-nam-lai .. Ahom word (ta=the *it^t h 5H i To flow tears from the eye. eye, nam=water, lai = to flow).

W '$ 0 .. Noun ta-niu Ahom word (ta=joint, i A joint of a finger, knuckle. niu=a finger, i.e. a finger-joint). Having the white of the eye large. .. Adjective ta-plang Ahom word a?^1-u^rl i

04$ 1OV~ . . Verb ta phip-phip D itto To wink often and often.

04$ -uSv t?/ Adjective ta-phip-nu .. D itto 'S’fo 5^t1 I Having the eyes kept upwards.

04 $ WK . . Adjective ta-chan D itto fan 5^1 I Having slanting eyes like those of cer­ tain animals.

04 $ w ’ Adjective ta chai D itto <7H1 I Eagle-eyed.

04 ' dg

04$ M Adjective ta-ham Ahom word ^ 1 - 5 ^ 1 1 Grey-eyed. Red-eyed. 04 $ . . Adjective lM-C5(§ ta-deng Ahom word (ta=the w i 5^n i eye, deng=red, i.e. red-eyed). 72 AHOM—ASSAMESE— w 9 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 73

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. j English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

Noun T>1 tra Ahom word I A rupee.

OAYVl Noun tak Ditto j AINl ; ft? I A snail; a word; misery.

OAVY1 Verb tak Ditto 3, ; W t ; faFtft 5th ; ^t®^ I To become, to occur; to dry; to click with the tongue against the palate ; to break.

OAVV1 £ Noun tak-nam D itto ’faftreftrl

MW . Verb fa^TS^ tak-pang D itto «R^ ; W faS ? I To become ruined.

MW vJto' Verb ^ft-^-fa^-ft®x tak-lu-tak- D itto I To be spent, expended. MW ift pang

Verb tak-ip-tak . . D itto ’rtfts 5 ftfai si To fall into destitution.

M§ Noun fa®x tang Ahom word (Shan, tang ft5 j K^h1, ; ft

M§ Verb fa«s tang Ahom word ft’, ft’ftlft To pluck; to put, to place ; to plan, to (7H1 f t I consult; to offer sacrifices in a row to gods ; to put an enclosure.

W*i1 ; ft? 51 . ^ 1 All, whole ; other ; separate. m S Adjective fasX tang Ditto ; 5 ^ I By means of ; in company with. m S Adverb .. fas^ tang D itto m S Preposition fa®x tang D itto *h1 ; fare I From ; with.

W M l | All. m § w . . Adverb . . fa® Xw tang ka D itto By land and by water. m S ttw m S k Adverb . . fa®-^-fa®-5,h tang-buk- Ahom word (tang=a *li:«t ’Itftira i tang-nam road, b u k = lan d , tang = a road, nam = wa­ ter, i.e. land root and water root). fte i A house in the gate-way. m S io m Noun fas tang-ren-phat- Ahom word (tang=a M tu road, ren=a house, phat=a bridge, tu= a door, i.e. a house on the way to a quarter).

W M l I All, the whole. m S w 9 Adverb .. fa s^ lft tang-lai Ahom word (tang=all, lai= all).

10 74 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ oar o f'-i CM WQ J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 75

Parts P ronuiSTCIATION. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese. | English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

CMR Noun tan Ahom word (Shan, tan J TjM } } 'SItH I Pleasure; a pole eight cubits in length, = a long mark). a measuring rod; a line, a long mark ; another place; pulling. OAR Verb tan AJiom word (Shan, tan ; ^ 5 C’tf© ; I To call, to speak; to fill up a hole; to =to speak). pull. OAR Adjective tan Ahom word ftxt© | Speechless.

OAR Adverb .. tan i Ahom word (Shan, tan Elsewhere. = a place).

CM CM Verb ftn ta t Ahom word C«M TtS ; ; ^P© ft ; ; To cut thatching grass; to put in the I sun; to transplant paddy seedlings; to fall upside down ; to split into thin strips (as a bamboo). OAOA ' Noun tat-na-chang i Ahom word (tat = to One who cuts grass for elephant. cut, na = grass, chang I i = an elephant, i.e. to cut grass for an ele­ i ! phant, hence one who cuts grass for ele­ phant). AAV • • Noun tap Ahom word (Shan, the The liver. same). i

OAV Verb tap Ahom word (Shan, tap To beat with a hammer; to lessen; to = to rap). be lessened; to leave without any punishment. CMp X>' . . Noun tap-kha Ahom word I The inside of the thigh. o CM Noun Ahom word (Shan, tan tam 3R 5 . jf t I Intention ; will; a place. = a place).

CM Verb tam Ahom word (Shan, tam j CEtWl J c w 1 To thump, to pound ; to drag along the = to pound). ground; to burn. o CM Adjective tam Ahom word (Shan, tam Low, not high. = to bend down). VVI4 1

o CM Adverb .. Ahom word tam I There. o o oa n Adverb . . D itto tam-nai ’Ml 1 Thereon; from this. © < CM K o Noun tam-nu Ahom word (tam = a * • ■Q’M 1 Place above. place, nu=above, i.e. a place above). 76 Ofa -1 AHOM—ASSAMESE [ M Kjf OA£Xa J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 77

Parts P ronunciation. Ahoin Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of speech. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

oa r,o Preposition fa - 3 tam-nu Ahom word ( tarn = a 'Sfa I On. place, nu=above, i.e. a place above). I OA t ijT Adverb fa -3 tam -nu Ditto I Above. OAT? Noun f a s fag “ f a ' tan (p r o- Ahom word f a j 5(t< | Anything that gives pain to the body; fat AO? nounced tai) a thorn in the flesh. OAvS Verb 'S’f a TfC< Ditto D itto fafa ffa ; fa J To put on a turban; to walk with a torch. AA'V? o g ' Noun fe'tfal tai-ra D itto ® tR I Of the same family. OA Noun ti Ahom word (Shan, ti=^ fa} ’rstfat ^

Verb fe\§ ting Ahom word (Shan, ting f a ; W! R ; Cfa ; fal ; feWsR I To strike with the fist; to put a cold =to strike; to carry application on the head when ill; to on the head). thrust; to weed; to raise the buttocks. or OAR Noun feu tin Ahom word |®R 1 A foot. OAR or OAR Verb feu tin D itto SfM f a ; CS'Sfa ; W f a *R J To jump ; to act rashly ; to take shape. OAOA Verb f aN. “ (fa N ” tit but pro­ D itto \f a I There. nounced “tet” 78 AHOM—ASSAMESE— r o r ° OAW1 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 79

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom i of Derivation and explana­ words. 1 tion of phrases, etc. i speech. Assamese. i English. Assamese. English.

0 O oaoa n Verb tet nam Ahom word C^f^t 1 To draw water.

Verb tit Ahom word (Shan, tit= 5 i To hide, to conceal; to assemble; to to conceal). come together. a To press; to compress; to retreat; to give OAV Verb tip Ahom word C5*t ; C5*t1 srRx; 1 up drinking, to become a teetotaler.

To write; to fill; to happen; to come CV? Verb fesf tim Ahom word (Shan, tim J J ; C^l ; I = to write, be full). to pass; to suck; to draw into the mouth.

A moth ; a road ; a slight notice, a clue. Noun fijl£|3 “ (fa ” tin but pro­ Ahom word (Shan, tin, nounced a small kind of “ ten .” hornet), I A door ; an animal; a body ; a hole ; a Noun £ Ahom word (Shan, tu T^lTl 4 < f 5 tu or tuw . . temple official; a numeral particle =a door, tuw=a V e>^ W I used in counting animals. body). To catch, to seize; to fall; to see. n Verb § tu Ahom word X 7 X 7• C51 7; 51 I A dwarf ; an animal. £vfto~ . . Noun t tuw D itto Ignorant. OaI o~ Adjective tiiw D itto I A deer. Noun tu-ngi D itto eft’ll 1 1 A screetch-owl. CV> OA Noun tu-ti D itto i The name of a Baragohain in the reign OA aft wlvn Noun tu-ti-phok . . Ahom word (tu=ani- V of Shushengpha alias Buddhiswarga- mal, tu=place, phok narayan. i = w hite). A kind of deer with large branching ws wS Noun tu-phan Ahom word 1 ippfa horns.

A ram. Noun ]j-fa§s tu-ching Ditto Cshrt 5 5W I A mongoose. Noun tu-chan D itto I

1 A blunder, a mistake. u™ • • Noun tu-ru-pak . . Ditto

i A musk. n n Noun tu-ham Ahom word (tu=ani- X mal, ham= smell). 1 Fatigue. C0VMc? Noun tuk Ahom word r “l 80 AHOM—ASSAMESE [ oa vn VYVl 0 J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 81

Mea n in g s. Ahom Parts P ronunciation. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. English.

Verb tuk Ahom word (Shan, tuk ’rfv ^1 J f*tw1 ^1 ; ^1 I To fall; to become putrid ( of a dead = to fall). animal) ; to blow a horn; to sound a trum pet. cvys Noun tung Ahom word (Shan, tung SRfjf, *WR ; ; C«rt^1 I A plain ; a kingdom ; a bamboo fish- = a rice-plain). trap ; a beam or a support of a super­ structure. aAj5 Verb tung Ahom word To gather one end of a cloth into a bag W 1 i to receive something; to be restless, to feel a suffocating sensation caused by heat and want of fresh air; to coax, to allure; to be praised by one’s mother.

A kind of prop called “Haran,” put Noun V§ -’ft® tung-khang. . D itto \5R I cross-wise upon the upper beam of a building.

Noun tung-ren D itto A board which is placed cross-wise be­ tween two posts.

OAR Noun h tun Ahom word (Shan, tun A tree ; origin ; beginning ; family, race, = a tree; a begin­ lineage. ning ; lineage).

OaS Verb h tun Ahom word To return, to come back. A plantain tree. oarto ykiv t?S o . Noun tun-kui Ahom word (tun = a I tree, kui=aplantain).

(MR K>§ . . Noun tun-khrung.. Ahom word I A castor-oil plant.

OAR V&0~K> Noun tun-khru- D itto i A kind of plant. kham oar too U . . Noun tun-bau-plu D itto i A betel plant.

Noun tun-ma-mu .. D itto i A nut-tree. oar h w . . Noun tun-m ak D itto I A kind of tree (Eugenia gambolana). oakr y w iolor Noun T^Kt^SF tun-mak-khru Ditto i A brinjal plant. r r nr MU VWl Noun tun-mak-bin D itto I A kind of lime tree.

OAJ? VVKl Noun ^f-^-^t®x .. tun-mak-lang D itto i A jackfruit tree. r« r f r oAp vvn $ o Noun tun-mak-dao D itto i An orange plant.

11 82 AHOM—-ASSAMESE— [ OAR tZ

Parts J P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ words. ; Assamese." | tion of phrases, etc. | speech. English. Assamese. English.

<- 9 OAp v Noun tun-mai Ahom word I A bamboo plant.

Noun tun-mai-puk D itto c*i*i i The Bahbaria clan of the Ahom tribe.

(MK IV Noun tun-ja D itto A tobacco plant.

w 6 .. Noun tun-chang .. D itto i A kind of creeper.

Noun tun-rung D itto I The peepul tree.

Noun tun-rung-dam D itto ’p ffe fa I The name of a place called “ Kaliabar ” in the District of Nowgong. cva S vt/S . . Noun tun-lung D itto

OAOA . . Verb tu t D itto f*ffl ^1 ; CW I To blow a horn; to sound a trumpet.

Noun ■ tup Ahom word (Shan, the I The gable end of a house. same). cvvu Verb tup Ahom word (Shan, tup- CTfai; ’Ffnte e < w , c«n} CTWt^i i To flap the wings; to wash cloth ; to pik=to flap the wings, bend, to fold. I tup=to fold double). c- 0 r cvyp oS k . . Noun tup-ren I Ahom word w i The gable end of a house.

Noun >r turn Ahom word (Shan, turn CWI ; Ctf’Tfaft ; OlFH ; Wl I Mud ; a flower bud ; the a n u s; a fish- = a flower bud ; a trap. fish-trap). o cvy Verb turn Ahom word CTt^ ; I To fascinate ; to charm ; to boil food without seasoning. o/yv$ . . Noun tun Ahom word (Shan, tun 5f’

Noun Ct> te Ahom word (Shan, te= W , *151 j ^f5Rl I Truth ; a dam, an embankment across a a long elevation). rice field over which people pass.

<7 (V\J . . Verb te Ahom word To throw a clod or stone at anything s 7 s ’ or any one; to set up ; to establish : to be. 84 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 85

) Parts Ahom P ronunciation. Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Adverb te Ahom word *151 I Verily. To throw the shuttle from side to side */oAr OA V erb te-ti D itto WF1 X t \ l in weaving.

To write; to aim, to direct, to point; ° r j Verb C&X tem D itto faX ; C^tXl ; (3¥31 I to lose. o r Q 9 9 AA w V W Verb tem-chi-mai- Ahom word (tem = to fM I To write a letter. lai write, chi = paper, mai=to write, lai = a letter, i.e. to write 1 a letter on paper).

Noun to Ahom word (Shan, to= 0x1 ; C^tCHl ; X ; 5 XJ1 ■ OSft’TI ; I A boundary ; a hornet; the heald or a hornet; the stump heddle of a loom ; a copy ; the stump of a tree). of a tree ; a bush ; a battle.

Verb to Ahom word (Shan, to I To fight; to do. = to fight).

V(W[ . , Adjective to Ahom word fX®ttX ; * 1 ^ I Solitary ; alone, having no companion. Adverb . to D itto <4^X1 j Wf*t I Now, present time ; nevertheless.

‘Vcvvi UO Noun to-phi D itto 5fabra11 A whirlpool.

a/ OAX WYV1 . . Adverb . to-lak D itto W f a i Nevertheless.

Noun taw D itto ; P W I A conical ball of th re a d ; a w art on a tree.

OA(fD * * Verb taw D itto I To copy. X oaIyvi Noun tek D itto &533I} w r x j ; x’^x ?fx i A mole (the animal); satisfaction, plea­ sure ; a cloth girdle ; a buffalo plough. cvftwi . . Verb tek D itto j *t5 ; felx; cxtxx fx I To push ; to putrefy ; to drag ; to plough wet land for the transplanting of rice.

M g Noun teng Ahom word (Shan, tung ^fX ; Xtt 5 XtSf^X I A deep pool of water, the deepest part = a deep place in a of a river; an ass; public difficulty, body of water). a general calamity effecting a whole country.

oaLr Noun f.w XX ten Ahom word C5^, C5^>*rl I Liveliness, sensation, intelligence. 9 0 n 86 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ CVA WYH J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 87

i P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. ’Ahom Parts of ' Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Verb ten Ahom word 5 W *11 • \»$l *11 ; *R^ cpfl . To be torn (of a cloth) ; to sit down; to CU§1

OA? Noun fet? tai Ahom word (Shan, tai W f ; J fftfc ; «R | An Ahom ; an associate ; a companion; = a shan; border, border, side ; nearness, space near. side, space near).

OA9 Verb tai Ahom word (Shan, tai ; W«f1 ^11 To die ; to creep; to move on all fours. = to die; to move along). oa9 Adjective tai Ahom word *353 I Near.

00?

An Ahom clan, called “ Pukhuriparia.”

OA9 OAJJ Noun tai-tup D itto CSRl-*rfr I A circular piece of board placed round the “ tup” of a house.

An Ahom clan, called “ Garudharia.” oa9 V K Vi?1 Noun tai-ban-sheu- Ahom word (tai = an hu Ahom, ban=a village, sheu = to hold, hu= a cow, i.e. an Ahom who holds a cow).

OA9 eG Verb tai-ram Ahom word

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. i Assamese. English.

OA w £ oa9 Verb tai-lun-tai-lu Ahom word vdlcf ftf | To flee precipitately.

OA9 V&f Noun T?t^-(?33^-C\5\§. . tai-neu-deng D itto 1 ^ t f i^ fcr? I An Ahom clan called “ Rangachila.” OAf 0 Noun fef'S tao Ahom word (Shan, tau = a gourd ; tor­ A gourd; a stick, ashes: a tortoise ; toise; ashes). a line ; a mark, a bone. a Verb Txt'® tao Ahom word D ®«T& ; (TFfWl ’ll I To come back; to return; to arrive at a place. Noun tao-khun-kum D itto * fet3«pPR, I <4® tr Taokhunkum was the son of Tao- I khunbin. He ruled for 8 years. r or Orf V3K W Noun tao-khun-bing D itto D Taokhunbing was the son of Taonga­ klem. f r er OA VOK W Noun tao-khun-bin D itto / D 5/ Tj'tSS'ffp' I OS'S >1/ Ao' Noun St'3-S'l-^ tao-nga-shu D itto O ' fets®T§> fefsgjp i oss b- ^fsrs Taongashu was a brother of Tao-lulu. He reigned for 8 years. I Noun tao-ngi D itto .. fetsf®, 'os tsf^®ts o»W I father’s kingdom. oa^ w V iVtor Noun tao-lu-shu . . D itto D Tjtsfe-fa 'Sftw I O®s > 8 Taolushu was a brother of Taoshinga

12 90 AHOM----ASSAMESE- [ a { v? ovg] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 91

Parts P ronunciation. | Ahom Mea n in g s. words. of Derivation and explana speech. i Assamese. tion of phrases, etc. i English. Assamese. English.

0 Noun I X tao-shi Ahom word I ! Taoshi, the name of the 29th lakni or : I -A I I year of an Ahom Taoshinga. I E? s . . ! Noun fey . tao-shi-nga . . I D itto ; Taoshinga, an Ahom era containing six- i | ty years, which is called a cycle ; the i j name of the 19th lakni or year of an 43ER EiN, (W > > 1 I Ahom Taoshinga ; Taoshinga was a I son of Cliaotaipha, he ruled for 11 ; years. f r ! OA o o . ! Noun taii . . * D itto orrt i ; A fault. OAr ' a ; Noun teu Ahom word (Shan, taw 5 5 C*hTft 5 ; The heart; a wish; devotion, austeri- =m oss). ! ties; moss ; land; earth, as distin- ; guished from heaven; a smith’s I bellow. Verb 0 ^ teu Ahom word (?Tfa*Rl j (AlW I To wash for gold ; to melt iron. . Adverb teu Ditto . \9cy3 I Down, not up ; below, at the bottom. £Mrioi .. (Noun , teu-pha Ahom (teu = below, Earth and heaven ; the universe. pha = sky or heaven, i.e. places below and in the sky). • • ! Verb teu-ju Ahom word 7 ost v i To be bent; to suckle. Noun tiu-ra D itto i The Chutia tribe, a man of the Chutia tribe. oavki Noun D • • tak Ahom word (Shan, tak ^ r f ^ t ; j g n , (5©t«rl j grfa A balance ; a rattan ; a strip of bam­ = a strip of bamboo). CVsTl I boo ; one tola ; a numeral auxiliary used with money. OAYVl I Verb D t&k Ahom word C^rl ; ; CTW I To be woven ; to help ; to measure. Noun tang .. Ahom word (Shan, *Ug. i w d ; j } i A plank ; brass ; the belly ; a water- tang = copper; the pot ; a pot. belly ; to pour water upon). Verb tang .. Ahom word (Shan, tang ftn R l J J J S55fl srt\ 5 To consider; to attend to ; to give a = to recollect; to <>|1 EN I blow; to strike ; to lock up ; to push, beat). X to shove. 92 AHOM----ASSAMESE— 1-r D •& cv\ ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 93

Parts P ronunciation. Mea n in g s. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. it IO ' Noun tang-kham .. Ahom word f^ 1 1 A wooden seat. K9 Noun o tang-noi Ahom word (tang=the I The abdomen. 1 belly} noi = small). a\^ Noun ! tang-lung .. Ahom word (tang= the '3’ft (?T5 I The belly. i belly, lung=great). • a Noun D tan ! Ahom word (Shan, tan 5 j I A town ; affection ; a piece; a measur­ 1 = to exceed; to be ing rod ; a bundle of sticks. 1 short). i OAR D Adjective tan Ahom word ^§5f . $pj] f^rl I Excellent; produced, born.

v^ (’41, P a ).

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. v'l Noun pa Ahom word (Shan .. p a = A conical basket used by Nagas for carry­ a side; to suspend ing a burden on the back ; half of from the shoulder). anything; a side.

To copulate ; to grage. v . Verb tfl pa Ahom word ’R X ; 45p| X 2 ; R X I

V ! WK Verb pa-kan Ahom word (pa ==-- to

V v f . . Noun 2 . . /pa-nang-bao Ahom word I A younger sister.

Noun pa-pi-bao D itto I An elder sister.

V $ Wo~ Noun tfl-tf'S pa-chao D itto I Father’s elder sister ; father’s elder bro­ ther’s wife.

I? > V$Y?1 . . Noun pa-lik Ditto I A shepherd, a cowherd.

Vi . . Noun pa-lu-bao D itto CMl I The wife of an elder brother.

DI Noun *n pa D itto I A bed.

VI Verb tfl pa D itto 5|1, rtf

A fish; the chief priest of a Hindu V<, Noun pla .. j Ahom word (Shan, pa= R ’ffo I temple. a fish).

| A kind of fish, sal fish. v^ Mb# WR Noun ?t1-^t® x- h X .. pla-kang-chan Ahom word A kind of water insect. V J1 Noun X-\5l . . pla-kang-da D itto I A kind of fish. v wfcv . . Noun pla-kup Ditto SftSM I A porpoise. V^ Noun stMl pla-kha D itto | AHOM ASSAMESE [ V v' viS

[ Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Meanings. ' of Derivation and explana­ words. 1 tion of phrases, etc. 1 speech. Assamese. I English. Assamese. English.

J o Noun pla-kham Ahom word *Ttg> 1 .. A kind of fish, li a mirika fish.”

v n . Noun ?H-3Rs pla-khrum . , D itto ’qftul i A kind of fish, “ a gharia fish.”

V vof Noun W-’It'S pla-khao D itto 5lt5 1 A kind of fish.

V v £ $>* . . Noun ?Mt'3-SRs . . pla-khao- D itto ! A kind of fish, khrum

V K>f lZ yfS , Noun pla-khao-shai D itto 1 A kind of fish, called “ murathi ” in i dao Assamese.

V % w S . . Noun : pla-ngam-lang D itto cnPral i A kind of fish, called “ neria ” in Assam­ ese.

Noun pla-ngi D itto W fS^fl I A kind of fish.

V R , H>j? Noun pla-na-lung D itto 1 A kind of fish.

Noun ?I1-^ pla-pu Ditto t , . *RS srtfe I A kind of fish. u ! u w c€w Noun pla-pak-rak.. D itto i A kind of fish, a koi-fish.

D DoS . . Noun pla-pang D itto 1 A globe fish.

V ', Vo Noun pla-poi Ditto A species of fish.

V J,V ', Noun €11-^1 pla-ba D itto <|>5 I A kind of fish.

V v YM . . Noun pla-buk D itto 5Tf5 I A kind of fish.

V 1 v f i . . Noun pla-but-dam D itto $fwl I An eel.

V, VJM Vi, V? Noun pla-buk-ma- D itto ^tf^l 5ft^ I A kind of fish, a boal fish. shai

.. Noun ?ri-M's pla-mao D itto A kind of fish.

T?j W§ Noun X pla-ri-klang D itto f‘lK 5Jt^ 1 • • A kind of fish. D Do . . Noun pla-ri-pam .. D itto 1 A kind of fish.

V > • • Noun pla-lum D itto 5(t5 1 A kind of fish.

V i, VUVY1 YW(f Noun pla-lak-kao .. D itto Wl 1 • • A kind of fish.

V\ WK Noun pla-lan D itto »tR i • > A kind of fish.

P >V0r . . Noun ?Tl-T^ pla-liu D itto i *• A kind of fish.

13 98 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ V VUo~ r’ MR W j ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 99

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom I Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i V , m . . Noun pla-liu-noi . . Ahom word W I ., A kind of fish.

Wk OAR Noun pla-shan-tan ! D itto ’rh? i . . A species of flat fish.

D Wr w g Noun pla-shan- D itto fat’rffad 'fa-1 I .. A kind of fish. - 1 ! i ching ‘

V . Noun gflfa-Yf® pla-shi-dang > D itto 1 I A kind of fish. 1 D^ ‘Vv/' r’ Noun SN-CS-^ pla-she-noi . . D itto A kind of fish.

X > \ VUI Noun gtl-CS-ft-^Tl .. pla-she-ri-la D itto I A kind of fish. i V f a . . Noun ?n-cs^ pla-sheu D itto ’ TtS I A kind of fish. i J Noun pla-duk-nan Ditto ’ ifa ’ l sitS 1 I A sheet-fish.

D, J? Noun pla-duk-ri .. D itto f*rf® srt^ | A kind of fish.

v f a g . . Noun ?I1-C5«s pla-deng D itto f a ^ 1 i A kind of water insect.

vm Noun i ’Thf pak D itto 35} 3 ^ ffa^ • * r; i The mouth ; the inside of the mouth; 1 the numeral 100 ; a pumpkin.

V’W Verb ’IH pak D itto S ; 5^1 fal I To become; to raise a post; to split into halves. i1 VW Adjective ’II3 pak D itto Pw»l« I Regular.

p w v9 Verb pak-bai D itto ’Th® j HlN Ttl? I To call; to name. 1 Dg Noun ’ft«v pang Ahom word (Shan, pang "t?l ’is ; ^ tft ’ Is ■, CTlMH J ?Hft J jR . . Noun ’ll® X-fat x pang-din D itto A man of the Miri tribes, the Miri tribe. Ahom word (Shan, the f a i i DR Noun ’fft pan A kind of hemp plant, rhea. same). i fa'faS j CT^I} 331 ; ; OTXgjI SI DR Verb ’ll? pan Ahom word (Shan, pan To divide; to twist; to rotate; to hold, = to rotate). to grasp ; to uphold ; to become cold. 1 Ahom word ft I DK Ws Pronoun .. 1 ’IH-3 pan-ku Who, which. VIE ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. lo i 100 AHOM----ASSAMESE— [ d

eanings P ronunciation. M . Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. speech. Assamese. English. 1 ’ pat Ahom word HUj I .. A gem. W Noun ’Tt]> Ahom word (Shan, pat .. To cut with a sliding motion ; to be in V<& Verb pat = to cut with a slid- a leaning posture ; to warm. j ing motion). i 1 I Ahom word I .. A certain plant; Job’s tear. W . 1Noun pat-nui I .. A door. 1Noun pat-tu D itto 5/4^ I . . The principal gate. Noun pat-tu-lung, D itto o Ahom word (Shan, pam .. • To kick ; to braid. Verb pam V = to push away vio­ lently).

! Ahom word I . i Means of livelihood. v win Noun pam-kan i i ! Ahom word (Shan, pi= An elder brother or sister; a horn, a ■J Noun pf Pi ; a year ; an elder bro- pipe (the wind instrument) ; a pain­ ! ther or sister; the ter’s brush ; a pencil; a year ; a plan­ i wind instrument; a tain-bud ; a valitudinarian. plantain bud).

Ahom word (Shan, hi= To become fat; to be corpulent; to Verb f*t Pi • to be corpulent). whisper.

! Ahom word F a t; ill for a long time, suffering from Adjective Pi a chronic disease.

An elder brother. pi-kai | Ahom word (pi = a I yh9 Noun brother, kai = elder).

I A younger brother. Pt-HS pi-nang Ahom word (pi = a Noun brother, nang = | younger).

The youngest brother. pi-noi ; Ahom word ( pi = a Noun X brother, noi = young­ er). i . i Ahom word I .. For years. Adverb .. pi-mu-mun .. An elder sister. D itto I Noun pi-neng 1 . I Ahom word (pi = year, I . . In the same year. Adverb . . pi-han ■J VIE han = same). 1 102 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ l5vri or UK u lu X>K ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 103 I P ronunciation. Parts Meanings. Ahom of j Derivation and explana­ words. speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese, English.

•$vyi Noun ftft pik Ahom word (pik and or pvvi feather ; a net; the ear. pik, both are used to denote the same meaning and pro­ nounced as pik; Shan, 1 pik = a feather).

or -Jvyi Verb ftt^ pik ■ Ahom word ftri

Noun ftf« ping but pro- Ahom word (Shan, ping o > ^ , JRX C^«n 5 ftfrl; osrftF ; vMft I Affection, love; a cake; a leech; a sfti n 0 u n c e d 1 = a leech; to love). goat. “ peng.”

ymG Verb peng-kan .. Ahom word *OT J To love.

Verb Ping D itto To roast on a spit; to worship the ft 7 ; \ I dead.

Adjective fti«x ping D itto White ; sufficient.

■$5 o r ftft . J Ahom word (Shan, pin Verb pin *f

pjn-klen Ahom word UK wlS .. i Noun fttt-GH I ; A leper. i D itto 1IK tfu Verb pin-ngan I ! To seek company, to join oneself to. D itto I?K KW Verb pin-nak ’rfa sift, fift ftn To be offended. nr q r r pin-pun-khan D itto . • VR VIR X>R N o u n wfa i Diarrhoea. O '" o ® I ~1 POA H P W J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 105 104 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ a; r V%

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ words. Assamese. English. .speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. I 1 An abscess. pS p S w9 Noun pin-mang-shai Ahom word 1 A kind of Diarrhoea. HR . . \ Noun pin-rung D itto CTRTR1 1 Spongy, yielding to pressure. HR ; Adjective pin-rung D itto l b t5 f i Leprosy. ■$5 w r Noun pin-rung-cheu Ditto w rl i A widower. HR H r . . i Noun pin-shan . . ; Ditto i i Ripe. PR VrbVYI . . Adjective pin-ak D itto R M t? 1 A duck. Noun rfe I pit but pro- j Ahom word (Shan, pit

Ahom Parts P ronunciation . Me a n in g s . of Derivation and explana­ words. i tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese English. i 0 r' P oa Wp HZ Numeral .. C’ft-ft’J-ft . . pet-ship-shi Ahom word ( pet = CSfalRt I Eighty-four. eight, ship = ten, i shi = four).

I?w Numeral . . ‘ c’ft-ft’^ s . • • ■ pet-ship- Ahom word ( pet = ftp'll I Eighty-two. ! , shang eight, ship = ten, i ! i shang = two).

H?p Numeral . . ; C'-ft-ftft-W • • i pet-ship-it . . Ahom word ( pet = i Eighty-one. i I eight, ship = ten, it i = one).

H?P HI i Numeral . . Cft-ft^l . . pet-ship-ha .. Ahom word ( pet = Eighty-five. 1 ’fttRl i I eight, ship = ten, ha i j ! = five).

VU Noun i pet-li i Ahom word A teal. I I 0 pcv\ vtn Noun i pet-han Ditto ftfttft i A goose. o

Noun pin but pro­ ; Ahom word (Sban, ’ft© • i A plank, a board ; a plate. n o u n c e d i pen = a board). “ pen ”

Verb D itto Ahom word To prune ; to beg alms.

YYl'' Noun D itto X pen-ka-ka i The Vedas.

V Vti K> D itto Noun pen-kha ^©fftn i The rump, the buttocks, the outside of the thigh. Ahom word (Shan, Noun pu ’ft } I ; A fallow deer, a barking deer; a crab ; pu = a grandfather; a grandfather. a crab).

Verb Ahom word pu ’ft I To fall. v b K>' Noun pu-kha D itto Very small thatch.

U, A Noun pu-tao-khang D itto The name of a tortoise. 108 AHOM----ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 109

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. i of ! speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. u h l . . Noun pu-phi-shu . . Ahom word OFWfa I . . Puphisu, the name of a deity. v„Y- w D r Noun pu-thao D itto W l I .. A great-grandfather.

Noun ’ pu-ai D itto et

VU Adjective pii D itto (xfctrt^-c’ttoflx} i Fleshy ; corpulent. d U Adverb . . i pii D itto 5FfaCcl I . . ! On account of. I ! dV r£ r’ . . Adverb . . -Hi? . . j pii-nang-nai Ditto I In order that. ! vlor nS Adverb . . pii-nan D itto i . . ! Therefore.

Vio Noun pu but pro- D itto ’flH I Betel. ’rfib *I1C5I n o u n c e d “ plu.” tzyn Noun ; puk Ahom word (Shan, puk ; OT I Part of a wrapper contracted into the i = scum). shape of a bag to receive something ; j foam, scum. 1 | P VV1 Verb • • puk . . ' Ahom word (Shan, puk • C’tt^S , fcnl ; J j ’It® ; , To tie up the h a ir; to fill up a hole, to = to tie up the hair). i bury ; to flow; to climb ; to scatter seeds ; to call; to sew ; to send.

Noun pung Ahom word (Shan, the J A water-hole, a spring. same). vj? j Noun f a s “ ?1$ ” pung butpro- Ahom word 'srhrl i Half; a portion. U v J i p i ^ifh n o u n c e d ‘‘ plung.” iy$ ) Verb pung but pro- D itto *Wl ; Wf®T 5TN I To bring or put down ; to throw away ; i s 5 n o u n c e d j to fling. Cf plung.”

RR, v ji . . Noun pun D itto K341} CTtf^t j I A secret council; a spell, a charm; a person other than oneself. vJb . . Verb pun .. j Ditto *11 I To leave company.

U s, • • Adjective •• pun D itto ftofRt i Foreign. 110 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ v £ , ‘A Z ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. I l l

Ahom | Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. i of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. ! speech. Assamese. ■ English. Assamese. English. i i v.S, v&S .. Preposition z ta pun , Ahom word I ’ Beyond.

VO5 t l b . . : Noun pun-mung . . Ahom word (pun = CT*t I A foreign country. i | foreign, mung=coun- I try)- I O.S Noun pun Ahom word i i An island; the world; the thigh of an animal.

i AS Pronoun pun D itto I Other than oneself.

a s Verb pun Ditto fAfi . G^Q^'t51 | To wear (clothes); to turn the eyes back.

viS Adjective pun D itto I Not one’s own. i VIS H'S . . ' Verb p un-shan D itto I To be in doubt. I *3J? Noun put i D itto A document ; a substitute

Verb put i Ahom word (Shan, pun ^

Noun pum-na D itto 3 W , ^ 5 I A Brahmin. v& jS Noun pui D itto ’t’?1 I A small bamboo fish-trap.

Adjective pui Ahom word (Shan, Pun ’151 ; ^?T 5 ; Hf5$ I Rotten; naked. = to make soft by cooking; naked).

K . . j Noun .. !puiznam Ahom word ffc[ t£K?|«|S<| | A kind of water-pot, I A goat; a raft, two boats tied together,

Parts I P ronunciation. Ahom i Derivation and explana­ Mea n in g s. words. i of i speech. 1 Assamese. tion of phrases, etc. English. Assamese. English. | *A/ i Verb pe Ahom word (Shan, pe *Tl 5 5 §R I • • To go behind; to get victory ; to con- = to conquer). i 1 quer. j Noun Ahom word dvr W . c W tft pe-kang ^ 5 ^ I A transverse support of a roof resting on the upper beam (Fulchati in Assamese).

Noun et-isl pe-nga D itto xfrl wMfa I * ■ I A he-goat.

^Vr K . Noun pe-nu-tai D itto . . ! A transverse support of a roof near to one resting on the upper beam.

Noun pe-phui D itto . . ; A transverse support of a roof at the eave of a house.

4 v r <&r . Noun C’t-Cft pe-rem D itto 'SR* I . , I A transverse support near to one resting i on the principal beam. of V Verb e f t pern • D itto CR1 I .. |! To startle, to start or feel a sudden i I uneasy sensation.

•An Noun po ! Ahom word (Shan, po= , A father ; people at large ; the whole i a father). body of people in a state ; a benedic- i tion, blessing ; praise ; fame, renown. A n Verb po Ahom word (Shan, po w X ’ | . . ' To beat; to speak, to say. = to beat). j ! Noun Ahom word . . * The husband of a father’s sister. An . i po-khui I

An os? . Verb po-tai Ahom word (po = to srfw t HPI ; 5fb ! . . ! To beat to death ; to kill. beat, tai = to die, x s x i.e. to beat to death). i ^VX VK . Noun *f-5(ft po-man i Ahom word (po = a fftsl I A father. father, man = he).

A n . Verb po-ming Ahom word f t I To bless. vlw ' Noun e f t plek Ahom word (Shan, piik ^ f t r i Bark, peel, rind. = rind). v tw Verb e f t plek Ahom word wi , ftfft i To worship ; to ooze out.

15 114 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ v l w I? ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 115

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i

Noun G ^-fe plek-ngi i Ahom word Plekngi, the name of the 15th lakni or year, of an Ahom Taoshinga.

VLyu . Noun G^-Rt? i plek-mit D itto •tf5i i .. Plekmit, the name of the 35th lakni or year, of an Ahom Taoshinga.

VLvn w r . . Noun C?%C5^ i plek-cheu . . D itto Plekcheu, the name of the 25th lakni or year, of an Ahom Taoshinga.

Noun j plek-shan . . D itto NTCLH fel sft?<§D 8 4*| HR 1 . . Plekshan, the name of the 45th lakni or year of an Ahom Taoshinga.

Vivna f' w e Noun plek-shi D itto wfc?R ^rsf^BR «sf HR i Plekshi, the name of the 5th lakni or year of an Ahom Taosinga.

Vtvw w l> Noun G^-T%-®1 plek-shi-nga D itto *>tRR ^ t®t?«R «a*r h r i .. Plekshinga, the name of the 55th lakni or year of an Ahom Taoshinga. vlS Noun CG'S peng Ahom word (Shan, pung Htf^ ; f*R1 5 GftMl 1 Morality; instruction ; one suffering = pattern, example, from elephantiasis. rule).

VLS s Verb peng j Ahom word 1 To trample, to tread down. i ■Jtv . . 1Noun .. ■c*h' pep Ditto HRH ^ 5 1 A hole in which fishes live. i V9 Noun ’Itt pai Ditto

9 j V VM, Verb pai-ka Ahom word *Tl J ’Ml 1 To go ; to flee away. i 9 V KR Verb pai-khan Ditto sr hR x i To run. v 9 V Verb pai-mi I Ditto H^ 1 Not to be. I V 9 Adverb .. 4T^ plai D itto IfR 1 Thus.

Noun 9rt® f^ “ SIT'S-' pao but pro- D itto 1 An arrow. n o u n c e d “ plao.” v » Adjective sir® j plao Ahom word (Shan, j 1 Empty ; vacant. i paw). i 116 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ a/ uG w ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 117

Parts Pronunciation. Derivation and explana Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Noun pau Ahom word (Shan, luk

i pau Ahom word

V Verb * r t ^ pau D itto f t i ; Afgi ; «tt« ft i ^ 1 ft I I To pole; to blow with the mouth ; to select; to curse ; to keep watch.

Df Adjective pau D itto C

V„w Verb pak Ahom word (Shan, pak sq'n > csRit ftra ; ’Rftffl i To return; to wrap a cloth round the = to skin, to peel). body; to skin, to peel.

DcS Noun ’ I® St® ” pang but pro- Ahom word (Shan, pang ’YR ; C9fY*rt XR^ ; 5 *lRRi ; I . . That part of anything included between X X n o u n c e d = th at part of any- two joints or knots, as in the arm or “ plang.” thing included be­ , in a bamboo; one suffering from ele­ tween two joints; one phantiasis ; selection; a rhetorical or suffering from ele­ ornamental word ; a kind of bead. phantiasis).

Verb “ St® J ’ pang but pro- ; Ahom word (Shan, pang NW ; ft(R5^1 ; I J To consult; to consider ; to burst; to select. i f t i no unc ed ' = to be pierced), “ plang.”

*t® “ St® ” pang but pro-, Ahom word ^|5?1 ; W t j I Outspoken; simple, artless; clear, Adjective X x < [ f t *tC5 n o u n c e d transparent. i ‘‘plang.” '

1 ! Noun St® - < R ^ plang-khen .. Ditto I The arm.

DoS R°or Noun St® - f t t ^ plang-niu .. , Ditto NT^ftH *TR I The part between two parts of a finger.

The calf of the hand. D„$ lAor . . ^oun ?t« plang-nii ., Ditto I

?h®t w

Parts P ronunciation. A ho m Derivation ancl explana­ Meanings. of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. English. i v Dn Verb i pan Ahom word (Shan, pan ^ 1 ^4l ; '•‘R41 ;

Vt>w Noun pat Ahom word The afterbirth of a lower animal. i Verb p at Ahom word (Shan, p&t ; *n> 1 ; To rub ; to plaster. = to rub ; to be i short).

Vf><& Adjective pat Ahom word 44l 1 Cropped. o Vo Noun pam D itto J CTilW ; ; ti>4l 1 The palate ; the heel; a pillow, a bol­ ster ; a short post to which a buffalo calf is tied. o Vo Verb pam Ahom word (Shan, T44 511 J ? ■ a?1; ! To unite, to reconcile ; to be removed, i pam = to reconcile). i separate, off; to touch.

VoWlS Noun pam-kan Ahom word ftf44l I Means of livelihood.

VoV Noun pap Ditto 544R1 I ! Living as a dependent in another’s house.

VDvS Noun poi Ditto | A small bead.

Vo Noun poi Ahom word (Shan, mai). 4f^Sl 1 A thread, a twine, a string.

Vo Verb poi D itto CT4 j « fs 4 1 To open; to exceed, to be more.

Vo Adverb . . X poi .. > D itto CTftt? ; LR 41W 1 Again; then.

* Conjunction poi-an Ditto <51145 I i And. Vo i Vo WJ? Conjunction poi-lun-lang Ditto NT4 1 And, moreover.

i

i

I to 1 120 AHOM—ASSAMESE— 101 H? vik ‘Aoi ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 121

u p ( ?P1, P h ; i)

P ronunciation. Ahom ; Derivation and explana­ Meanings. 01 tion of phrases, etc. words. Assamese. English. speech. Assamese. English. 1 i______

) Noun pha Ahom word (Shan, pha Wl ; TtH ft J j ; CTC j A king ; cloth ; a garment; heaven ; the f = a cloth ; the sky ; grN ; • Pm i sky; a wall, a partition ; God ; rock. a wall).

ID' 1 Verb ph a Ahom word (Shan, pha 1m X Z . X 7. 5pt5T 1 To split; to divide; to pierce. Wt J = to split).

1O1, 1C1 . . Noun phra Ahom word f*H ; I A rock. D itto TO1 w/~ K>t(f Noun ip'l-WS-’.fr pha-kao-khru

“lOl On0 Vpb OC Noun pha-tu-ching Ahom word (pha = heaven, tu = a being, Sr’H I The supreme Deity ; God, Almighty. ching = highest, i.e. the highest being of heaven, i.e. God, Al­ mighty).

o oC pha-tu-ching- Ahom word (pha = w i cvy w h Noun The famous God. C' O phrang-hum heaven, tu =^a being, ching = highest, phrang = wide, hum = renown, i.e. the highest heavenly be­ ing of wide renown).

; pha-bin-bai- Ahom word TDl 17K r 9 Noun i A cloth girdle. ! ram

i pha-but-rum- D itto 1D1 ThM Noun Ol ^©fa I The name of a deity. ,r • I ' shang-dam

1D1 P U . . Noun ; ?p1-^ ; pha-mu D itto ^b©4 \©^rl i The palm.

1O1 -tf K IO . . Noun pha-mlan- D itto I Brahma, the creator. , kham j 1D1 d6$ . . Noun pha-r&ng j D itto I A gorgeous edifice, a palace. i 1D1 VU9 n)L$ Noun -^fa­ plia-lai-leng- D itto W l5l | A necklace. MR PlOl st " .". han-kho

16 122 AHOM—ASSAMESE [ U01 w g v f T O W W J M YhS ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 123

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of , speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. i English. j

I O I TV'S Noun > -C H I . . pha-shang-pai1 Ahom word '5fHtsR 1 Phashangpau, a son of Dakham, a spirit.

¥ i - ^ r s - _ $ Noun pha-shang-din - D itto The name of the eldest son of God. c ^ khun-neu j 1i iV t v i w ' Noun pha-shat-ka- i Ditto VfRsI 1 A blanket. C&OA rat

w i V ^ v Noun pha-slii-ip- D itto i The name of a deity. w g ^ ° g G5« shang-deng u

D 3 I M . . Noun i pha-hum D itto W 1 A kind of tree. 1 I O I a Noun ¥l-55J i pha-ham D itto 1 Garlic.

w t W T ^ W Noun pha-ham-bak D itto . .* 1 A kind of vegetable.

w i H gg . . , Noun 1 pha-ham-deng Ditto 1 ! Onion. *rfa 5 J 'StWft ; W ; fcplHfa 5 ; A vegetable; a bribe ; a scabbard; the TJOW Noun i phak Ahom word (Shan, phak = to send a present). 1 embroidered end of a round pillow ; the bank of a river ; an army ; a side ; a present. i 1

tow i Verb <(T

T O W vv® >Y19 I .. i A kind of vegetable plant. Noun phak-ki-kai. . Ditto 1 uft »rfa 1 . J A kind of edible vegetable. T O W W vyq Noun phak-ki-la .. D itto srfsral, 1 .. ! T O W v fl VI phak-ki-ham D itto Coriander. D Noun .. K > W W ig w g Noun phak-kung- D itto CTCSf«1 I A kind of vegetable. chang Ii I . . i A kind of plant. T O W W R Noun phak-kun-mu D itto Clrf’bll 1 . J A species of fern used as a potherb. T O W W < Y \ . . phak-kufc D itto t? Noun ^tH Cl?

W W w c v n w § phak-kut- c&Om 1 .. ■A species of fern. fc? D Noun Ditto klang 124 AHOM----ASSAMESE— [ row woa rjw w f TJOYVl ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 125

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

R O W woa Noun phak-kut-nuk- Ahom word c i r f w i A species of creeping fern. t^W w 9 koi w w w oa w r Noun c i y f f t l i A species of fern. b> o phak-kut-thao D itto

C l r f U l 1 R O W W^OA Noun phak-kut-lung D itto A species of fern. vi^-g

R O W W f w S 0 Noun phak-kao-lang D itto 5 R 1 A kind of plant

R O W W o§ . . Noun phak-klang . . D itto C T S tfa 1 A kind of vegetable.

R O W W 9 . . Noun phak-koi Ditto d r f h n i A kind of plant.

R O W R Noun phak nam .. Ditto A kind of w ater-plant.

ROW ($% (v/ Noun - fe ta . . phak-ting-tao Ditto A kind of plant.

ROW CVA W f fcr t> Noun phak-tum-kao D itto 1 A species of potherb, a sort of basil.

R O W I A kind of plant. & OAW 0 ' Noun phak-tum-tak Ditto

R O W R W . . phak-pak D itto i A pumpkin. Noun X X R O W P 'S w S Noun phak-pang- D itto * 3 b i A kind of potherb. XXX kang 1

R O W P'S < phak-pang- D itto i A kind of potherb. Noun X x Ox ngu i ^« 1 ’ j h i 1OW v t Noun ’F'fc'-’ ttS-CSS .. phak-pang- D itto Red spinach. X X X deng

ROW RO ' < £ 9 Noun phak-pha-rai- D itto i A kind of plant. w 9 kai 1i R O W RO9 . . R ^ e iS lR | A kind of fern. 0 Noun phak- phoi .. \ D itto

R O W RO9 Noun phak-phoi-din Ditto 1 A kind of fern.

ROW pj? . . Noun phak-bun .. D itto *I¥1 1 . . , A kind of plant used as a vegetable. !

ROW PoR . . Noun phak-ban . . Ditto ^ 1 The arum plant.

R O W P R . . 5 F ft> -s rft Ditto xgA i .J A kind of plant. Noun X X phak-man ..

Rovvi r / y f y y o Noun phak-me-sheu D itto 1 .. j A kind of potherb. r r r 9 -r 126 AHOM—ASSAMESE— wm WR V HR *- t? 0 tZ ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 127

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana- Mea n in g s. words. of speech, , Assamese. English. , tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

to w WR V9 Noun phak-chan- Ahom word 1 A kind of plant. i mai-dan

Noun phak-thek . D itto row wivu X X i CEj^srt 1 A kind of potherb. i phak-lap-din D itto VOW w h ’r Noun X x x 1 A kind of plant growing on marshy land. i ! phak-lung . D itto uovfi vtr$ . . I Noun ^<3 1 A kind of edible root. Ii r oC ° ; phak-sheng- i D itto wyh wtf Noun -3R . . 5R1 I The jute plant. i khrum i phak-sheng- I Ditto WYYl Vv§ R Noun X X X I nam I A kind of potherb. i XDW DR Noun phak-sheng i D itto falfrTCl 1 A kind of jute plant. ban r o UOYG YUR R Noun , phak-in-nam i D itto »tw i A kind of potherb (convolvulus repens). UOW Vt , . i; Noun phak-hum , . ! D itto * t®*rl ’it? I A kind of plant used as a vegetable. Tjovri \ vf® D itto Noun phak-hum- »rfa i A kind of potherb. i khao i r o oc UOYR Noun X x phak-hum- I D itto 1 A kind of potherb. deng S' 0 UOYY1 1$ OA . . Noun X 'x phak-det D itto f^51 | A kind of plant.

VO'S Noun H s X phang D itto faH J ^Ft^f j J TX^I W j A foreigner, a Bengali; a Musalman; ^lfN5l j J SR | a river bank; a false statement; a plant (Plumbago rosia); stubble of paddy; the after-birth of an inferior animal. Noun ¥ t« Ahom word (Shan, . . i 1 x phang 5 C’t'fa, C<^51 j NtWfaj NtTStJT | To cheat by imperfectly performing a phang=to bury). work, to scamp ; to fill up a hole, to bury; to throw down violently; to draw a line. Ahom word vo% i Adjective phang Night-blind; matted, reticular. D itto Preposition phang 'GW 1 Near, close to.

Ahom word uoS V9 . , ; Verb phrang-mai fff 1 To put into the grave. r 128 AHOM—ASSAMESE— |_ TOK IO 1$ p 1 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 129

P ronunciation. Meanings. Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. i English. Assamese. English.

i

IXR Noun phan Ahom word (Shan, phan • An order; a command; a dream ; diffi­ i = a dream; distress). ; UW I culty, distress; sorrow : poverty ; calumny against an absent person; a kind of plant; seed kept for sowing.

IXR Verb phan Ahom word (Shan, phan 5^5 W ■, 5 J ; Tt]> ; I . . I To order ; to call; to do ; to create ; to =slice, pare) ! c u t; to sow broad-cast.

| I X K TO Noun phan-kham Ahom word (phan=an An order. order, sham=a word, i.e. an order by word).

IXOA Noun *rlT> phat Ahom word *IW1, W . jpfiJ . 5t^C^ x 7. CSflX X ' ; \ ’ ; ’[5 I . . : To beat, to strike with a cane; to = to strike with a pour syrup (into a pot) ; to cut a sharp stroke; to sever). leaf; to be sufficient; to fall; to read.

IXOA Adjective phat Ahom word m l I Bitter.

IXOA Adverb .. VtT> phat D itto i : Yet, nevertheless. I Cfftl • fesrfR

IX Noun vbi pham D itto 5 I ' The part between two joints; a kind of i aquatic grass ; the duck-weed.

IX Verb pham D itto Ctnl ctft I ! To remain in a compact body. ! i i IX Noun f t phi . . ; Ahom word (Shan, phi f i A god : a spirit, a ghost, a devil; a dis­ i = a being superior to charge from the eye. man and inferior to the ; Brahmans, and having its dwelling-place in i one of the six inferior celestial regions; a i boil, an ulcer). { 1 IX Verb fv phi Ahom word i i To form into layers.

a i I X V K Noun f^ltH phi-man Ditto I A kind of headache which comes at • sunrise. srtf^ft

17 130 AlIOM— ASSAMESE — [ UOYU, 'WYY1 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 131

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. 1 English. Assamese. English.

o r o r WYH, TOYK1 Noun phik Ahom word feVl I A kind of high coarse grass.

UOYH,o r WW 0 r Verb phik Ditto f R ; 1 To recognize ; to feed by ejecting from the mouth, to feed from mouth to mouth.

Noun phring Ahom word (Shan, ; ; W ^rl I A wooden stand on which religious phing= former habit, manuscripts are placed; a custom, suffix of plurality). former h a b it; a suffix of plurality.

TcS Verb phring Ahom word 5 ffai 5 i To throw off ; to make one swallow ; live fire ; to be many. fir ich Adjective phring Ditto 'SR I Near. a r , r D itto 'SS I ICtf ‘MtjV • . Noun T3F«-^I phring-shup The lips. 0r TOR Noun . . i VH phin Ditto A cartwheel; a shelf ; a cotton gin; the inside of the body.

0 r D itto IDOA Noun Vet? phit I Pungency. 0 r Ahom word (Shan,

0 r ; C5W I Cold, warmthless ; pungent; saltry. TOOA Adjective tM? phit Ahom word (Shan, phit =be pungent).

0 r Ahom word To wink with the eye. TOT? Verb W’f phip The eye-lid. GA' . . Noun phip-ta D itto ur ’ tel i The upper eye-lid. WP OA \ R^ Noun phip-ta-nu .. D itto 5^t 'S’lR ’tell 0 r , r The lower eye-lid. TOD CV\' OA Noun phip-ta-teu .. D itto ur ’ t e ll A layer; a flat piece of silver or gold. TO°^ Noun phin but pro- Ahom word (Shan, phin ^ ’11} (Tit'te’te ^ i i n o u n c e d = w h a t is flat and “ phen ” hard).

A man ; a male; a husband ; in former TO^ Noun phu Ahom word (Shan, phu j ; ’ifa j i = a man, a male). times.

'S’ t® ; <3^1 | To float; to change shoulder, to ease Verb 1? phu Ahom word (Shan, phu X ' = to float). a burden on the shoulder. 132 AHOM----ASSAMESE— LI W 5? TO b-YUR d I J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 133

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i to vn£ yt'S I Noun ' phu-kin-mung j Ahoni word (phu = a W «lt3l I i An officer entrusted with the adminis- male, kin = enjoy, j tration of a particular part of Assam, mung~a country, i.e. ; in the reigns of Ahom kings. one who administers a country).

W l, W

TO V w f W K Dolakasharia Barua, the head of a clan Noun X s phu-ke-kan- ' Ahom word (phu = a w i i ' male, ke=great, kan of men whose duty was to walk on d g ram attached, ram = a either side of the state sedan chair. ! sedan, i.e. a great male person attached ' to a sedan).

TO^Yv/ TV'S Noun phu-ke-chang ! A h o m w o r d ( phu = i The chief medical officer of Assam, dur­ ing Ahom Raja’s time. Wl d§ shari i a male, ke = great, changshari = a phy­ sician, i.e. the chief of the physicians).

Ug, -V YVir wj$ Noun phu-ke-lung Ahom word (phu = a w l i Barbarua, an officer under the Assam male, ke = great, noble, king exercising the powers of civil and lung great, i.e. a great session judge. noble male person). I A title of dignity. TO YY1R Noun phu-kan Ahom word (phu = a o male, kan = nice, i.e. a nice male person). r- E isfffR i K hargharia phukan, the chief officer TO YV1S K> s cfo Noun phu-kan- Ahom ivord (phu = a D ' khari male person, kan = having the charge of the royal arsen­ nice, kha-ri = gun­ al, in the Ahom Raja’s time. powder). ^FH I ! Khowang phukan, an officer of Ahom to yyie to Noun phu-kan-khu- Ahom word (phu-kan= ang a nice male person, j Raja’s time, having the charge of khuang=the name of | Khowang, a place in Dibrugarh. a place in Dibrugurh).

/ r i Noun phu-kan khe Ahom word (phu-kan= Jalbhari phukan, the chief officer of TO YUK o a nice male person, the Aliom Rajas, who had the charge khe=%b net, i.e. a nice of royal nets. i male person having I the charge of fishing net). i 134 AHOM—ASSAMESE— L-I w W1R D oar !b & v ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 135

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. Assamese. ! tion of phrases, etc. speech English. Assamese. English. 1 , - Ahom word (phu-kan= U0 WRD £MK |1Noun xSpl; phu kan-tun- I Kaliabaria phukan, an officer of rank of rung-dam a nice male person, the Ahom Rajas, who was next to tun-rung-dam = Kali- “ Salalgohain ” at Kaliabar. abar).

D ' Noun phukan-pha- Ahom word (phu­ Dhekial phukan, an officer of high rank kan = a nice male ! kut of the Ahom Rajas, who used to collect person, pha-kut = a ! revenues of Lower Assam under the kind of fern, called 1 control of the Barphukan, the I “ D h ek ia”). viceroy.

io Noun phu-kan-phu- Ahom word (phu-kan= CTfal I Nyaisodha phukan, an officer of high shan-ngin a nice male person, rank, who used to hear and decide phu=a man, shan= judicial matters in Ahom Raja’s time. ! to cause to learn, ngin = to learn, i.e. a nice male person who dis­ i poses judicial affairs).

r i Noun phu-kan-bao Ahom word (phu-kan= CWl I Deka phukan, an officer of rank in the I a nice male person} Ahom Raja’s time. bao=young). i w yur Noun phu-kan-bai- Ahom word (phukan. .. Bailung phukan. lung bailung = B ailung i clan). I Ahom word (phukan, TO& YY1R D ' Noun ; phu-kan-ma- Tamuli phukan, an officer of rank, who I mu ma-mu=a nut). had the charge of royal gardens of the Ahom kings.

' Ahom word (phukan, I Deodhai phukan, the chief officer W YMRD ‘Vvi Noun phu-kan-mo- i shai ! mo-shai=Deodhai). amongst the Deodhais.

r phu-kan-mau ! Ahom word (phukan, I Naphukaia, a title of dignity. K>h? WR 0 V Noun ! mau=new). ' Ahom word (phukan, phu-kan-jam- I Choladhara phukan, a title of dignity. kZ? u m D ib Noun i shu jam=to hold, shu= a coat).

Noun phu-kan-ru .. Ahom word (phukan, ru Naoshalia phukan, the chief officer of = a boat). the navy of the Ahom kings. Raidangia phukan, a title of dignity. 10V W D Noun phu-kan-rai z Ahom word

Noun i . phu-kan-lung Ahom word (phukan, I Barphukan, the viceroy of the Ahom lung=great). kings. AHOM----ASSAMESE- [ W 'ty ioLvt ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 136 L Z/ D 137

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech Assamese. | English. Assamese. English.

phu-kan-shi- ftft's I Chiringphukan, a title of dignity. w W1RD Ti? Noun Ahom word ring

Noun phu-kan-doi Ahom word (phukan, Parbatia phukan, an officer of rank who W WKD l g D doi=a hill). had the charge of the hill tribes, in the Assam Raja’s time.

TO V3CVA Verb phu-khat . . j Ahom word ft I To tie tight. 0 <-

5

VO^cJSi) Mi, Noun phu-ra-ta-ra D itto God. "dg' 1 ; 'SltWfal I A plank bored with many holes; a iot(T Noun ¥ phiiw D itto <\ rakshasa, a monster; as much of any thing as can be clasped in the arms.

’fa. ; *11 j «fft Hl | . . To slip ; to go arm in a rm ; to burst (of TOlcf Verb phiiw D itto paddy).

I Greedy. Tot(f Adjective phiiw D itto 'S’t^fal I Fugitive. TOV VliLo" Adjective phiiw-luw D itto ’ftfa I A mat. Tovn Noun phuk D itto i I To tie, to knit. TOW) Verb phuk j Ahom word (Shan, to i bind). ; 5(t^Rl I A kind of edible root; a bamboo fence lolvn Noun phiik but pro- ! Ahom word (Shan, <[ft n o u n c e d 1 phiik gives the 2nd set up in a stream to intercept fish. “ phok ” meaning).

phuk but pro- f*fa; 5 1 To learn ; to be white. toI w Verb Ahom word {ft *tfh n o u n c e d “ p h o k ” 18 138 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ w lw i tqM, ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 139

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana- Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. i Assamese. English.

Adjective ^ f a 5 “ ” phuk but pro- Ahom word White: n o u n c e d ^ tl 1 “ phok ”

■UO^ Noun phrung Ahom word (Shan, -p " ^5 j ®rfa 1 A swarm. phung=a collection).

ICrg Verb phrung Ahom word (Shan, -p x *11 1 To be flung off; to divide into two phung = to fall off ; parts ; to be renewed. phak=to divide into two). J Noun phun Ahom word (Shan, J ; W ^ t< t i ’Ffft J 1 Fire-wood, fuel; rain ; one who revolts, phun=rain ; fuel; a an insurgent; a long narrow piece four-legged platter or of split bamboo ; a platter or tray tray, specially for mounted on a leg. betel-nut).

Verb phun Ahom word OTt? ; (Xt’f ; 1 To revolt; to give the first binding to the edge (in basket work) ; to upturn. to n Adjective phun D itto (TTfaWfa 1 Gilted. Noun ..' phun-pu w • • D itto - W t 1 Apiece of bamboo placed on “ tung- khang.” tots Noun .. 1phun D itto C W l 1 A metal plate used by Ahoms of rank. IoI k Verb .J phun Ahom word (Shan, ; JT®1 1 To disperse a meeting. i phiin=to scatter). S'7 N Noun phut Ahom word 'g’Y j

o Noun fa § “ 5R” phum but Ahom word (Shan, ; ’f^t, ®rfa I Hair ; a crowd, a herd. pronounced phum=hair). ‘‘phrum ” iqyS Noun ^£P fa ^ “ ” phun but pro- Ahom word (Shan, phun W ; <1 5 OTtW* ^1 1 The eaves of a house; shadow ; a piece n o u n c e d = th e under-foliage of of gold or silver. “ phui ” a tree). ucryS Verb phun but pro- Ahom word ^ 5 I To fly. n o u n c e d “ phui ” i 140 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ r 10

Parts P ronunciation. i Meanings. A horn Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

VC£% K Noun l^-ftft ! phui-nam .. Ahom word I A kind of plant.

^vor Noun C¥ phe Ahom word (Shan, phe A plate ; a piece of plain cotton cloth ; = a plate). a wash-bowl; a piece of wood on which “ bhang ” is minced.

i Verb : C¥ phe Ahom word (Shan, phe fftft ■ ^ 1 , ''S’ftjl ■ (7^1 ;

‘A jo'I Noun ¥ pho Ahom word $fhft ?fhs i An eel hole, an eel pit. To roll in a green leaf and then to roast; ‘Ao'l Verb ¥ : pho Ahom w o r d ( S h a n , ’tft'S ft ; ^ 1 j ds 45ft ; W/5 ’ftf I to roast; to move the legs backwards ! ! phaw=to roast). j and forwards in agony; to remain i for good, permanently.

Honey of bee ; stubble of paddy. -u$L% Noun phreng Ahom word (Shan, eft J H31 I ; phiing = the honey- : bee). To spread as water on blotting paper ; Act'S Verb phreng . . ; Ahom word fw l i f t f t ■, ^ift i i to distribute; to sweat, to perspire.

■uotiM Verb (Tift • phet Ditto Cs^ft *11 I To be bent (of a dao). Fire ; a high-land ; a layer ; a strong w 9 Noun ■ phai Ahom word (Shan, fire ; ^5 } 5ftft ; ; ’fcftft ■, ftft I person ; an embankment; a side. a side ; a small dam).

AC9 Verb phai Ahom word ft ; W'Sft^ I To beckon ; to jump. Sharp. AC” Adjective phai D itto C5ft1 I To go ; to walk. AO’ Verb M t phrai D itto ’ll ; 1ft J A w ish; dust. Noun phau Ahom word (Shan, phau ft$1, ft^l ; gftl I = a wish; phang = dust). To scatter about. •• Verb phau Ahom word ft5 I A housekeeper ; a wife. Noun 5(‘t'S phao D itto ^?ftftftl i 1 142 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ TOo' w ok ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 143

eanings P ronunciation. M . Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. I tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

TOor Verb phao Ahom word To be scattered about.

w r Noun phreu D itto i A certain, anybody.

TOf Pronoun .. phreu Ahom word (Shan, phaii j (TFtCTl I Who ; any. =w ho). To burn. w r Verb phreu Ahom word c W x i When. TOr tf Adverb . . phreu-nai .. D itto Offerl i A bracelet; a tick; the fibrous outer tx§or Noun phiw Ahom word (Shan, ph'iw W J fifafa J CUtU I barb of plants. = the fibrous outer bark of plants).

o r To clear up, to clear away, to put in TOO Verb phiw Ahomword (Shan, j 'Slfafal J 5 ^ 1 ^ tf< *1; order; to vacate a place ; to speak phiw = to put in Ufa . C5fa I i vehemently ; to take out water ; to be order). in excess ; to scrape off the surface.

Slightly dry. Too' Adjective phiw Ahom word f^ fa l I Gold-bracelet. vSo'fo Noun phiw-kham.. Ahom word (phiw = a C’tt'fa W i bracelet, kham=gold, I I i.e. gold bracelet).

or r I The upper or scarf skin. TOO Ru Noun X phiw-nang .. : Ahom word An unskilled woman; a feast. vodyvi Noun i phak .. ' Ahom word (Shan, phak J Cats? I = to be incapable of learning). To sprinkle water on the body; to be Tovn Verb .. j ; c«twtfa11 D phak Ahom word driven.

; W)«r1 I Ugly ; sappy, full of sap. TOVVID Adjective , phak D itto A cart; a guard ; a means of deliver­ w g Noun .. i phrang Ahomword (Shan, J ; ^fa*! ; ; Wtt ; *fafa<; I ance ; delivery ; the act of saving or phrang=dust). delivering ; counsel; advice ; dust.

To rest; to support, to nourish} to take Verb phrang Ahom word care of a person.

Adjective ( W I, f^T® I Wide. • ixrg phrang D itto j i . ( ^ f a l I A house ; a sip, the quantity drunk at Noun .. i ! X phan .. D itto one gulp. 144 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ WM ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 1 4 5

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. speech. Assamese. English. i j ; f a ■fteh i .. To sew a border, to sew on a border; iccvi Verb phat Ahom word D i to make an elephant kneel down; to I search minutely.

c F p t; | To run on all fours. Verb phap D itto VDVo « < o , pham D itto 5 I Morality; an example. TOD Noun o D itto I ! To ramble, to wander ; to think. w D Verb pham i w *rl 5 i ! A ll; low and bushy (as shrubs). o Adjective i pham D itto TOD To drizzle (of rain). TOT? . . Verb fa^|3 fa^ “ ” p h o i n b u t- Ahom word (Shan, phoi D pronounced =-to sprinkle). I -x (phoi) 1i ; C W I A mole (the black spot); a tumult. w 9 phoi . . ! Ahom word D Noun ¥ Noun phoifi

19 v b ’J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 147 146 AHOM—ASSAMESE—

Vi, ( X B a )

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation . Derivation and explana­ Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Ahom word (Shan, wa Noun * .. ba I A measuring rod, eight cubits in length ; v ' , =for cubits). a string of a musical instrument; one fathom, four cubits.

Ahom word (Shan, wa). Wl ■, crk I To say. v i , Verb •• ' ba Ahom word f a l l Why. v ' , Adverb . . ^1 ba

Conjunction ba-an D itto '5lt¥ I And. V $ VnR i Noun ba (long) .. ! D itto CWI 5 CSftTftl I A bundle of hair ; a very poor man, one n who lives by drudgery.

' Verb ba i Ahom word (Shan, wa ; ’Hl i To become mad ; to say, to speak. x»i = t o say).

Ahom word ^f^rsn, i Mad, crazy. r i Adjective ba D itto To pray earnestly. xC, OAR V^f Verb ba-tan-neu .. The shoulder. 0 ba-mik D itto ’FfoiX I n VYn . Noun ^ 5 j I To weave ; to write. bak D itto rw i Verb n tt} ftb rsfh ; ’rfsf j g^brl W i A prostitute, a harlot; a kind of tare bang D itto r S Noun ^t« that grows among autumn rice ; the inside of a pipe ; a poor man.

’Tfa Adjective wang). The country of the fairies. bang-mung Ahom word (bang= ’tffa OT“f I Noun a prostitute, mung= a country). A harlot, a grown-up prostitute. bang-shao Ahom word (bang = a c^Srl, I vZ Noun prostitute, shao = grown up). X ,

- - i Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. , English. Assamese. English. i

UR Verb ban Ahom word (Shan, wan To beg ; to sow ; to open. i ==to sow ; to beg). r UK Adjective *rft ban Ahom word (Shan, wan CTWff j ft$>1 I Sweet; agreeable. =sweet, agreeable). uk VKbvri . . Noun ban-ak Ahom word (ban= the *2? I The east. sun, ak=to rise). v k yio Verb ban-khao .. Ahom word (ban = to «fft i To sow paddy. sow ; khao = paddy, rice).

Ahom word To sow paddy broad-cast (generally VK VO9. . Verb X b a n - k h a o - I khrai under water). uk cvvm . . Noun ban-tuk Ahom word (ban=the « f t *fal j *tf^T | Sunset; the west. sun, tuk=to fall, i.e. the sun-fall). 1 1 uk w k . . Verb ban-phan . . Ahom word (ban = to ’W I To sow seed. x x i sow, phan=seed). ! A round spot on the body. Noun X 1ban-ru Ahom word W 4 I i UM Noun bat Ahom word (Shan, mat W ft ; I A kind of louse found on the body of a I -—a plea). dog; one time.

VM i Verb bat Ahom word ; Hf^ri ’n’t? *n j *rw i To become sore ; to get relief from ill­ i ness ; to become convalescent; to praise. i u m Adverb .. bat D itto <^ft ; C^ftl I O nce; yes. u p Noun bap D itto CWft (Xftl ; 5J5J1 I A kind of fish trap; paddy ready to be husked.

u p Verb bap D itto W l ft ; I To rob ; to acknowledge subjugation.

u p Adjective bap D itto w ^ r l i Uneven.

o u Adjective bam D itto W w i | Dusky. G u Noun ft bi Ahom word (Shan, wl 5 I A fan; a kind of comb ; a cowry. = a pan; a kind of comb; we=a cowry). uG Verb ft bi Ahom word §[pT I To comb the hair ; to fear. 150 AHOM—ASSAMESE— r*- p vu D ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 151

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation . Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

0 0 O p wi vto . . Noun ft-ftp -^ bi-ki-ham .. Ahom word I An aromatic plant. ^ t‘1 ? j ft I pwi0 Verb ft^ bik D itto To be wearied ; to take on the neck ; to give a child.

Ahom word (Shan, wing j o M rM > I A town, a city ; a small potsherd. vS Noun W X bing = a city).

ft® bing Ahom word (Shan, wing 05'S^ftW : f t M 5! ’R ; I To jump ; to divide, to distribute. Verb X X ' X ' X = to be divided).

ftsM s-c M Ahom word I The mason-wasp (Sphinx asiatica). Noun X X K bing-tang-tet P'S W W1. . I Noun f t s • • bing-shi-la .. D itto «fR I Bezoar, a calculous concretion found in the intestine of certain ruminant i animals.

ft® -?t« D itto I A whitlow. r S vtS . . Noun X x bing-hang .. Ahom word (Shan, win « t I To fly ; to place aside, to place on one pS Verb ■fMX bin = t o fly). side.

0<^ fan Ahom word | Aslant. PR Adjective X bin Mind ; a fish-hook ; an ear of corn before POA0 Noun ftp bit Ahom word (Shan, wit 5R j J «tfa< C«lft ; ftpl I = a fish-hook). it shoots out of the culm ; a phial. ! 0 bit Ahom word (Shan, wit ’Tftt ftu ■ ^1 } C®ft ; *tftl Pt5 I To scoop out water ; to move one of the poa 1; Verb ftl> = to smooth with a pieces in a game ; to soak ; to smooth i1 I knife). a narrow piece of bamboo. 1

0 i Adjective ftp bit Ahom word ^ rh r i Adorned with figures of flower (as a POA cloth).

ftMftpfl bit-thi-la D itto ft^ftRl, MM sift I Bitthila is the name of a place. ■V(>n X)§ W1 Noun

Verb ftt! bip Ahom word (Shan, wip M I To press, to squeeze. TOP = to knead or press with the hands).

Ahom word (Shan, win «!W } <3tWt®R I A bracelet , a bangle; the end of a nut Noun X X bin but pro- n o u n c e d = a bangle). to which the foot-stalk is attached. -b e n .”

ft^ p ^ “

Meanings. Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. { English. Assamese. English. I A lotus; a water-lily ; a bud; the p^ Noun I bu Ahom word (Shan, ’W l ; W l 1 wuw or muw = a seventh female child. water-lily). i pa. Verb bu Ahom word C¥tfcl 1 To paint the forehead with sandak i Blunt: dumb ; fat, K Adjective I bu D itto 1 1 Not. p^ Adverb .. 1 bu D itto 0 c Adverb .. bu-khriw i D itto 1 Not, yes.

V Verb : bii i D itto W 1 To twist ; not to wipe face. l dV Noun biiw D itto A wheel; disgust; muddy land. tfk

PYV1 Noun ; buk D itto Mucous discharge from the nose ; a dry road or path ; land. c trg Noun bung Ahom word (Shan, ’Itfo ; ^lfl5 ■ ’tfSt ■ A narrow-necked basket for keeping wung = a worm). fish ; a basket; outside ; a silk-worm ; a hog’s den. v ji Verb bung Ahom word 'SS-Wi 1 To remove night-soil.

Adverb .. bung D itto 1 Now. vt; ' Noun bun Ahom word (Shan, Noon ; one’s own man ; poison ; a rattan mun=to sprout). sprout. C' ; &IR ’11 ■, ^ 5 ’Ft J To be perplexed; to be excited; to VK Verb bun Ahom word extend and arrange the warp previous to weaving.

'e* bun D itto i Mad. PRs> Adjective A kind of plant. PBS u ’ .. Noun bun-hai D itto i C’ftC’rt^l 1 A disorder of the bowels. Noun but D itto

but Ahom word (Shan, but To raise ; to last; to trample upon. p & w Verb = to raise). i ’Ftl I i Blind of one eye. Adjective but Ahom word CWl : CTlWk ’H ; ’ll 1 To b e a t; to be agitated (as water) ; to v^v Verb I9! bup Ahom word (Shan, wup be overcrowded. = t o beat).

20 154 AHOM—ASSAMESE— v < f] . ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 155

' Parts P ronunciation. 1 Meanings. Alio in i Derivation and explana- words. ! Of speech. Assary --e. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. i i i K ' Verb ’ 1*1 bum i Ahom word CMM d 1 To remain dumb.

TPM, : Noun i bui D itto otRI W 1 Country liquor.

Verb bui « Ditto clfa l 1 To drag the end of a waist-cloth along the ground. i

<^1 5 Noun bo Ahom word (Shan, mo An occurrence ; a salt-mine ; a dooly or ; = a pit, a mine ; wo= palanquin ; a sheet of water. i a dooly or palanquin). i i r ig i Noun j C/W^ beng Ahom word CM^I'I i ; ! A frying-pan; a kind of worm ; a large basket in which grain is stored. i Verb i beng Ditto cvMtv M, Mi To go swiftly. 1 I \ T^K Noun ben D itto j c5M vM I A kind of monkey ; a crooked word. T&S To fall; to fell from a tree ; to be bent, Verb (/H ben D itto Mt X 2 : v CTfevfc M l distorted.

T^Lcva Noun .. CV> bet D itto ; CMM | The lines on the palm of the hand; a conical basket, used by hill people. i V 9 ! Noun bai Ahom word (Shan, wai CVs j 1 A cane, a rattan; a place. I = a cane, rattan). X? Verb bai Ahom word (Shan, wai «t 1 To be aslant; to lay by, to put, to = to place). place.

X? Adjective Vtt bai Ahom word Mtft ; 1 Smooth, polished.

r XTD . . ' Noun Ms bao Ahom word (Shan, waw OSMl W i j 1 A youth, a young unmarried man; or maw=a youth). company, companionship. i v r OD • ’ J Verb MS . . ! bao Ahom word fMt d fan N «ld 1 To stand still. 1 r f W1 Noun Ms-vi bao-pha Ahom word (bao — CSVl Wl 1 Prince-heir. a youth, pha = a prince). TPo~ . . ! Noun bau Ahom word

V o Noun d i baw or bau . , D itto A miser ; a hand-mill for grinding corn.

V o ' . . i Verb d) baw or bau .. D itto 1 To hold ; not to be. 156 AHOM— ASSAMESE— [ Vo W VK W ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 157

P ronunciation. Ah om Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese, ! English. ro Adverb . . dfl baw or bau .. Ahom word (Shan, 1 No, not. maw).

P(f Vto~ Noun d-. bau-plu Ahom word i A betel leaf. j vo rtw t?or Adverb . , Incessantly, without stop, bau-that-bau- I D itto v> bai « r VO Noun biu D itto srk i An athlete. 0 r Po Verb biu D itto (Ts^ft Hl 1 To be bent.

*L™ Verb bak D itto ^ 1 ; f t 1 To mean ; to speak, to tell; to explain, vovn Noun blak Ahom word (Shan, 1 A flower. mak).

VYM<" YGo o c . . Noun blak-king .. Ahom word „ „ A screwpine flower. s' e r o VYM AMV W Noun , blak-kip-lam Ditto 1 A mushroom. I trm K> V . . Noun blak-kham- D itto W f F i i The flower of a parasite plant, an orchid 1 pam flower.

VpVM E> iyDH Noun blak-kham- D itto 1 The marigold. shan xrm e6cr . . Noun blak-khe D itto ®ft*l | A kind of flower. pvu yoor . „ Nojun ., ; blak-khao .. i Ditto | 1 White flower. t o yoor Vpr Noun 35Mf'S-(?i .. blak-khao-pe D itto | ! A species of flower. v f i k >dr . . Noun isFMft blak-khan .. Ditto SRI 1 A flower garland. Ii Vow -g . . ! Noun .. ! blak-ngam .. Ditto sfleFft | A kind of jessamine. !1

PIT. TP§ « , Noun 3^>-*Ft

PYV1 PR Noun Ditto | A kind of flower. 0 ! blak-bin i PAVl PR vn i Noun j blak-man-kam Ditto , t A kind of flower. 158 AI-IOM— ASSAM ESE— [ PHI OA '' ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 159

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. i Assamese. 1 English. English. i Assamese.

P YU v oa ' Noun blak-mi-ta . . Ahom word I The holy basil (Ocimum sanctum) and i its leaf. i i PD W i V Noun blak-mu D itto A lotus flower.

t r m w u <&v Noun X x P blak-chip-rip D itto A kind of flower.

P A M "Col'S . . Noun ' X X blak-theng ,, D itto | ■ A kind of flower (flower of Mesna ferrea). Ditto Noun blak-ran ortoM i ! A kind of wild flower. rem D Noun ' X s ! blak-ram Ditto 6^1 i A kind of yellow fragrant flower^ Ma- i chelia champaca (gamble). p vvi <3S Ditto Noun 3^-W

pyu wLS . . D itto Noun p \ blak-leng i A yellow flower. v A * Noun D itto p p blak- s h e n g' f m l I A kind of flower, considered holy by the pha Deodhais.

P Y M . Noun blak-shen . . D itto W 5*bri bptf i An Ahom clan, known as Kapataha. P 0YM e £ S Ditto Noun X \ blak-na-rang i A kind of creeper and its flower. i Pc>YM Noun 3

■ o A Noun blak-dam .. Ahom word (blak = I A black flower. flower, dam=black). rrm % Ahom word A kind of fragrant flower. Noun X blak-di I r » w . Noun blak-deng ,. Ahom word (blak= 3i§1 I A red flower. flower, deng=red).

Noun bang Ahom word (Shan, ; C^I ; ■ The edge of an axe ; a favourite friend; miing=a dam across 5|T5r ; fB’t ; a dam across a river ; a net for catch­ a river). ing deer ; a sprout; asthma ; soot; a I rope tied to the neck of an elephant; a hole. c ! Verb bang Ahom word ; Wl ? ; SR ; I To spread an umbrella; to be king ; to attend upon any one ; to pierce through. v cZ Sooty; intelligent. Adjective X bang D itto 160 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 161

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Adjective bang-to Ahom word i Laborious.

W1 Vl5w Noun bang-cha-lik- D itto CTtsH Wrl I An iron ladder. cha-khang w i

Noun ban Ahom word (Shan, man I The kachu (arum) plant and its root. I or wan).

r' tpor Verb ban Ahom word

ban D itto pD r Adjective I Flabby, pulpy. r ban-teu D itto The curved part of the gable end of a p rD w Noun PHI house.

r 9 q ! ban-hoi PR VI Vo . . Verb D itto I To be fully ripe and full of juice.. D D

POA Adjective bat Ahom word (Shan, mat OHl ; W ti I Imperfect, not well developed ; blind. D or wat=blind).

Verb bap Ahom word J <^3 ^tf^I I To break ; to take by force, to pillage.

Noun boi D itto I Breath. 0 9 boi Verb Ahom word (Shan, mam

Verb <(<£0 ” b o i h ( p r o ­ Ahom word | To join the hands; to pray ; to pay D ’W n o u n c e d regard to a person. boi).

I i 21 162 AHOM----ASSAMESE---- [v< VW TO ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 163 v^ (Hl, M a).

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Mea n in g s. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. v i Noun *Tl ma Ahom word (Shan, maw = a negative particle). An ass ; a negative particle.

yi ma (should be Ahom word (Shan, ma VI Noun (f*nrR A dog ; a horse ; a fox. pronounced = a dog ; a horse ; } dfal j f*hrfa i “ abrupt ” ma-lin=a fox). when it de­ notes a fox, and w h e n a h o r s e “ long.”

■bl Verb *Tl ma Ahom word 'Nfc 5 W5lW I To come ; to void excrement. Noun D itto VI W j I ! ma-ta-pa I A kind of wild pepper.

VI Vs Noun ma-pu D itto CSj^t | A kind of gooseberry.

VI . . Noun ?1-TV5 ma-phit D itto wPbtf i Pepper.

VI w tS . . Verb ma-theng D itto i To arrive.

VI Noun ma-bu D itto f*W? i A fox, a jackal.

VI V„ Noun ?H ma-mu D itto I A nut. VI ^ v r . . Noun Hl-C? ma-me D itto Htt^t dt?l i A mare.

VI Wt5 iftff Noun ma-lang-khru D itto i A kind of prickly shrub. VI w f Adverb .. ?! Ht'3-BR .. ma-lao-kin . . D itto I Ever, at any time. v w Noun mak Ahom word (Shan, mak 'Q&t j j f?rfx

VYn Verb mak Ahom word ’TTCStM ; 'St® ? ; ? t \ I To chew the cud; to weave ; to turn with a ladle.

VW Adjective w mak D itto *3?^ j *£& I Old; mature.

VYYl . Noun X X mak-klang .. Ditto I The papaya fruit. Noun mak-kha-tai D itto CWftjjx | A kind of silk.

VYVl V§ VYl' Noun W-1X-TI .. mak-khi-ka.. D itto cWI ^j^ff i The fruit of a creeper (Momordica mono- depha). Noun X mak-khru . . D itto c ^ f l i A brinjal. 164 AHOM—ASSAMESE [yWIOWo v% ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 165

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. i English.

W v^yoor Noun m a k - k li r u - Ahom word c*tt«rfa CTCvgifl i ! An egg fruit khao.

Noun mak-khru-tun D itto A kind of fruit.

Vvu ^W or j>tX Noun m a k-k li r u- D itto C<«Kl I The tomato. thao-leng.

WW ^ v trS Noun . . | m a k - k h r u- D itto I A kind of egg-fruit. lung.

■yw . Noun X —1 I m ak -k h ru m - D itto 1w l (TFW'lMl I The bitter fruit of a kind of creeper khrai. (Momordica churatia).

Vvn y^vio Noun srf^-sR-^f'S .. mak-kh r u m- D itto W s C’FHfal I A kind of fruit. khao. 1 qt o COTlA I i An edible root. VW1 Kt? R . . Noun x X s m a k - n i n g - D itto nam. r' Q r q r VW1 UOM w Lr Noun m a k - p h i t- D itto I A kind of plant. X X d, x i phiin. i i y w

W V vi Noun mak-mo-mang Ditto I A mango.

A tender sprout of a cane. y w t / Noun X mak mai D itto C^» ^ftsr I y w rt£ . . Noun mak-thoi D itto sflbl I A wild nut.

A kind of wild fruit of bitter taste. y w . Noun x \ mak-rung . . D itto I A jack fruit. y w w g . . Noun X X mak-lang .. D itto I Kaliabor, the name of a place in Now- ywi w $ Noun S X-\st« X m ak-1 ang- i D itto 4 i dang. 1 gong District.

y w w 9 Noun mak-oi-lai .. D itto i A kind of fruit. i I The thornapple. y w Noun X mak-hu D itto 1 i ! W i An imaginary evil spirit supposed to live vZ Noun ’ll®X ; mang D itto on fish.

vS Verb 5TfSx mang : A ho m w ord (Shan, ; tjfihrfc ®t«s 5 orient®! ? i To poke a t; to break by poking a t; to mang=some ; to be be unfolded. thin). 0 f* -I vvn J 166 AHOM— ASSAMESE— [ V% ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 167

P ronunciation. Meanings. Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i v % J '-t^O I Other; stout, fat.

Adjective 4. i mang Ahom word / / j

A root, a sweet p o ta to ; oil, grease; w Noun 4 ft man Ahom word (Shan, man =aroot; oil; gain). ^ 4 l *ft 1 gain; a mole; a pleonastic particle said to give the idea of respect, added to male nouns of relationship.

S'

Noun •4^ Ahom word (Shan, mat ! Evening twilight, evening; an eel-spear; m at a kind of ant. = a flea ; a pointed 1 stick).

1 A camel. VOA Noun m rat Ahom word C4t4l 1 A bamboo fish-trap. VV Noun 4ft map D itto 441 ft 1 To rob. v v Verb 4t^t map D itto i 0 • 441 I Boiled rice ; a miser. V Noun mam D itto 4#ft } ft>4ft 5 M ; 4tg4 } ^41 ; 44f4 ; A female ; a wife ; a bear; the dhutura Noun ft mi Ahom word (Shan, me = a female). W ^t?h® i or thornapple; a string of beads ; a female suffix used with human beings and the like.

I .*(? 5 ft^ ft •{? I Not to be ; not to mix. Verb ft mi .. Ahom word • ftfftn i Good; like. $ Adjective ft mi D itto 44Y } 44X41 1 All. T§ AA$ Adverb .. ft4 t$X mi-tang D itto f t f t l 1 A fan. ~V W1 Noun ft-Fl mi-cha D itto An antidote for poison. I? Noun X mi-ang D itto \4 ■, 1 Ignorant. Adjective mik D itto AHOM—ASSAMESE— r o 168 vlor ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 169

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. i English.

Noun “ C3«” ming, pro-i Ahom word 5 C W ft I A white a n t ; a fire-fly. n o unce d “ ml eng.”

ft® Noun ming A h om word (Shan. ■®iM i Life. ming=fate, destiny) i Noun min Ahom word 'Q’Fft 1 ! Turmeric ; a kind of worm.

& Verb f*H min D itto i To smell.

Adjective fjR min D itto i Other. e r i W Noun ft]. mit D itto P lW lf l ; 1 A knife ; a rainbow in the east.

0 r v v Verb mip .. Ahom word (Shan, the '®rf^Rx fafihj i 1 To shampoo, to squeeze with the fingers. same).

Noun “ g h !” mip but pro- Ahom word (Shan, pha I Lightning. n o u n c e d mip). (i mlep ”

Noun “ C5R” min but pro- Ahom word A Naga ; a porcupine. n o u n c ed “ m en.” yvS Verb As above D itto C5?11 J I , . i To peel; to break with tongs.

K { Noun mu or muw . Ahom word (Shan, mu ; j WtH j '5)^5- A betel-nut; the hand ; time ; day ; = a betel-nut, muu= 5 ! 5 5 1 1 the weather, the season for cultivating a hand; mu = a hog ; crop ; a gift; ancient time; a hog ; miiw = time). ! a kind of wild nut. v b Verb mu Ahom word To touch with the hand to have at I one’s hand.

Noun mu-nu D itto <3R | A kind of aromatic plant.

1 Noun mu-shai D itto ^ 1 1 Radish. I RR i Adverb .. mu-man D itto ^ ^ 5 I For ever. lAor R9 S Adverb .. mu-nai Ditto *TtF5 I Then.

■bio" Rf Adverb .. mu-neu D itto <^rfwl 1 Now.

VLo"

22 170 AHOM----ASSAMESE--- [ tJYM ■fcJL'S <£

i 1 1 Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Aliom of Derivation and explana­ words. i tion of phrases, etc speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. ; English.

Vvu Noun muk Ahom word (Shan, muk ; 3^ J HU7? ; 1 A cap, a h a t ; a kind of aru m ; dirt of = a kind of arum). rice. vvn Verb muk Ahom word j ; T3^f® ^1 To attire, to clothe ; to ask ; to be cere­ moniously unclean, to have monthly course.

VYVl TO Noun muk-phu D itto 1 A kind of wild arum plant. r 9 V vn W Noun muk-lai D itto 1 A kind of arum. v $ , v lv •. Noun mung Aliom word (Shan, OT'*f, 3t®J, ^313 1 A country, a kingdom, the world. mung=the world).

HP | Verb mung Ahom word 33 51 ; ; Ksfol 3R 1 To thatch a house ; £5 hum, to buzz ; to v W y abuse, to reproach. iM Adverb .. mung Ditto 3 3 C 3 ^ I Very quickly. t/lS wS .. Noun mung-klang i Ditto 433 OT'“t3 3t3 1 Mungklang, the name of a country.

U S wlS U d Noun 3§ -0?® -Sp .. mung-kleng- D itto ^<3 4tH33 3)3 1 The name of a place in heaven. khru.

U S w r .. Noun 3jS -05^ mung-keu .. D itto W ) 3 8 "3 ertfip 31 3^33 3(3 1 The name of the 24th lakni or year of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.”

U S 3, 3 ^ 3 ^ I To tease.

U S v f .. Noun ' -?trs mung-plao . . D itto ^tC3t3 fet'ST5«t3 i 8 eitf^F 31 3^33 3(3 1 The name of the 14th lakni of an Ahom ££ Taoshinga.”

U S v§ Noun mung-phi .. Ahom word (Shan, CW3137 1 The abode of gods. 1 ' mung = country, phi = a god). i U S U<£ .. Noun 1 mung-mut . . Ahom word fet«f5®t3 8 8 rltfiR 3t3 1 The name of the 44th lakni of an Ahom <£ Taoshinga.”

U S v f .. Noun ti<§-vr s mung-mao .. D itto ^tC3t3 T>tef5«f3 8<3tf953 3t3 1 The name of the 4th lakni of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.” i ' U S W l Noun mung-thi-la D itto 3j5 f3^1, 433 OT«t3 3(3 I Mungthila, the name of a country. 1 , U P <£o . . Noun ; -3U 1 .. mung-rao .. D itto Ntt3f3 TjM w R >08 3tf3R 3|3 I The name of the 34th lakni of an Ahom ! “ Taoshinga.” i 172 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 173

Parts i P ronunciation . Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. ! English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English.

a $ <& a § N oun m u n g - r i - Ahom word (m u n g = Mungrimungram, the name of a country. ds ! mung-ram. country, ri = lonely, 1 mung=country, ram deserted, lonely, i.e. ! a lonely and deserted country). !

I tL9 , Noun mung-lung .. Ahom word Munglung, the name of a country.

.. Noun mung-lum Ditto -5jq, iim 1 Munglum, the name of a country.

a ? W ’ . . Noun mung-lai D itto 1 « O f * R 1 Munglai, the name of a country.

a s . . Noun mung-sheu .. D itto 3 ® ^ , NtC^tsf fet'SfS’StM « 8 «Ttf3R N 1 Mungsheu, the name of the 54th lakni of an Ahom “ Taoshinga.”

b £ Noun mun ! D itto ; W ; ’F’lt5! 1 1 Virtue; the wild silkworm ; lot, fate. i b S Verb mun Ditto c’tRi; j ? 1 , To sprout; to empty; to be surprised. 1

vii& At v> Noun mun-shum D itto SVFI 1 A kind of vegetable. 1.1 I. ._ I Noun miin Ahom word (Shan, miin A cart; ten thousand ; past time ; re­ =ten thousand). joicing. a S Verb mun Ahom word (Shan, miin To slip ; to be happy. =to be slippery to i open the eye ; mun = i to be happy). a s Adjective i miin Ahom word t3 ^ i i Slippery. 1 a s . . . Verb mien. Ditto 5^ 1 To open the eyes.

a s 1 Verb mlen-ta-du . . , D itto 5^ CTfa 51 | To look with the eyes open. bW Noun m ut Ahom word (Shan, mut An a n t; an eel. = a n ant).

VM& Verb $ m ut Ahom word (Shan, mut j 1 To clear, to clean; to slip. = to clear). b w YKlS . . Verb m ut-kan Ahom word t u f t ’d 1 To coincide.

b b Verb 13 mup D itto To be wavy ; to be undulated. 174 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 175

Parts ' P ronunciation. Meanings. Alioin Derivation and explana­ words. of speech. Assamese. ! English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. ! mun but pro- ■y^ Noun Ahom word (Shan, mun I Frost, fog. ’tee n o u nc ed = fro st). 11 m uy.”

■yt^ Verb '3‘5>t

Noun m iih , p r o ­ j D itto I Dew. *ifih sitc’f n o u n c e d “ m u i” or “ m uy.”

To jump. Verb As above D itto I tftti oa' dl Barmajindar, a title. Noun m e n - t a - r i - Ditto stfrtffa } I lung.

A m o th er; a feminine suffix employed Noun CT me D itto 5JT^, ; W ’’Hr I with irrational animal.

To beat, to strike ; to get cleared or Verb CT me Ahom word (Shan, me 5lt\ ; WSlM ; W fr I cleaned, to mend; to give a clue. = to put in order). To feel affection. d vr H1K . . Verb. me-kan i Ahom word W 5R J i A father’s sister. yfit . . Noun csr-’srl me-a D itto c*iCt i A learned man ; a Deodhai or an Ahom ^ v \ Noun mo Ahom word (Shan, mo 5 OT'S’tft ; ; R 5 ; W t ; ?5- priest; intelligence, wisdom; an = to know how to do a ^hri ^«ti i earthen cooking-pot; an archer; a thing, be skilled in ; an whisper. i earthen cooking-pot).

A Bailung, a priestly caste of Ahoms. u S • • Noun SF?f$s mo-plang Ahom word 45R #9^ Hk I The name of an Ahom pandit. ‘/■y'l tV Noun mo-sham D itto W ^ tfa ^ Jit5! i The name of an Ahom pandit.

f a r w i i The heavenly artist. ^VI w i Noun -’FW ’8- mo-shengpha- D itto r WD x> a s lao-khri. CTtVI, ‘ifel ®rt*5 I A mohan, an Ahom priestly caste. <7-yi vyS • . Noun mo-hung D itto 0 ^ t^ n , ’Rdx i A mosquito. Noun mek .. j D itto [ tJLw vDrj ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 177 176 AHOM----ASSAMESE—

P ronunciation . Meanings. P a rts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. words. speech. Assamese. English. English. ir Ahom word Ignorant. Vt™ Adjective mek D itto Sttr^X J XX ? 1 To tame a wild animal; to reconcile. T&oa Verb CX^ m et

Noun ’ll? mai Ahom word (Shan, mai A bamboo; mischief, damage; a pole; = a bamboo ; wood, a suffix which denotes any case except a tree). the nominative ; wood, a tree.

Ahom word Otfa J ; 1X31 1 To burn; to write ; to weed. V9 Verb mai X 7 X ' fetc«1x 331 J ^131 I o Noun mai-tan-khan D itto A club-man ; a stool. V OARD D n r* Ditto

XtS mao D itto xxxx) ’t^rl i A kind of ant. V v Noun Verb .. ! XtS .. i mao D itto 'Stfx X ; XCs1 J 1 To extort; to become pale or bloodless ; 1 to praise. I

Adjective ’its . , ! mao D itto W 3l } CXtC’rtXXf'fartX ; 3^1 Unable to utter articulate sounds, tongue- tied ; corpulent; light, not heavy.

3 t^ 1 A kind of bracelet worn by men. v f K> Noun ’TfS-Xt’l .. j mao-kham . . D itto 5JtS^, ^3 Xt3 1 Maolung, the name of a place. Noun i X tS - ^ mao- lung .. D itto l>f3, X<1 | Pronoun i ex mau Ahom word (Shan, mail Thou. = th o u ). 1 Adjective i XI maii ! Ahom word 1 New. 1 1 mau-pu A wife’s elder sister. v r u , i Noun j (Xl-^ ! Ditto 1 i CX£3t 1 A cat. Noun i “ CSS ” miw but also D itto mleo.

X3 1 A cloud. ! Noun mak Ahom word (Shan, mak = a cloud). i ’ Verb mak Ahom word (Shan, mak 5^5 ®rtX 3t3 J To dazzle the eyes. Vvn = to be dim-sighted from eye).

oft®? 1 .. i A stake, a peg. Noun mang Ahom word

23 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 179 178 AHOM— ASSAMESE - Meanings. P ronunciation. P a rts i Derivation and explans A hom ' tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. of English. w ords. speech. Assamese. I Intelligent. Ahom word Adjective j ; 3Wl ■ I Wild sick-worm ; a pillow; trust, confi­ Ahom word (Shan, man dence ; the mulberry; Brahma, the Noun man or nuan X x = a pillow). creator; the arum plant.

Eftl k I To tie the body. Ahom word (Shan, to s p j map v„v Verb gather one’s clothes round oneself). ^«11 I To speak. mam Ahom word v„ Verb I Fatigue. moi D itto Vi2 Noun i The hair of the private parts. moi Ahom word (Shan, the Noun same). I To be tired ; to be exhausted. moi Ahom word Verb I Pride ; haughtiness, moin D itto V, Noun wS] 180 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 181

w i (®r1, Ja )

Parts i P ronunciation. 1 Mea n in g s. Ahom Derivation and explan a of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. E nglish.

Ahom word (Shan, ya.= ft | w l Verb Sfl ja To quit; to be free; to prevent, to to have done with). prohibit,

WI Noun sft ja Ahom word (Shan, y a = A grandmother ; medicine ; tobacco. a grandmother).

w i ’uctcv' . . Noun ja-phet Ahom word ^ifft I Beni grass (Panicum clactylon).

w i w f . . Noun sil-tos ja-thao D itto ^5t'9 I Great-grandmother. ft I WI WCR vo', Verb ja-lan-kha-lan D itto To prohibit. WRD 1 I The goddess of learning. WI 1#% WI Noun ®n-fft® -’Fi .. ja-shing-pha D itto

H eito i Difficulty, trouble, misery, sorrow. WW Noun jak Ahom word (Shan, yak). ! To prepare for cooking ; to take impres- WW Verb jak Ahom word tofft ; =to c<$to • »rto c«fi i | sion ; to wash vegetable for cooking.

(?rto, (?IW 5 ; 0?f«lt1ft I .. w § Noun ®rt®s jang Ditto A bunch of plantain or the like ; any­ thing white ; glue ; a row, a line ; standing in a connected row.

re®1<^[, ®toi • c^IMfft 1ft 5 j 1ft; To stride, to walk on tiptoes ; to pile ; wts Verb stt®s jang Ahom word (Shan, yang =to step; to dry on to put pressure on the ground with a frame ; to be). the toes in order to prevent slipping; to sparkle, to glitter ; to apply heat to paddy to dry it for husking ; to be ; to kneel down. i jang-kan Ahom word fft^l A kind of euphorbia. Wt> WK . . Noun ®rt® X-^1 h X A kind of euphorbia ; the swallow-wart VM WIR • • Noun SftS jang-ken D itto

Ditto to ’R i The white juice of the swallow-wart. w # vmI r w>1 Noun sttS-^-’llX s .. jang-ken-tha

WR Noun jan D itto tor, fad ; ; (Mtfa I An enem y; a shallow part of a riv e r; the straight portion of a river ; stand­ i 1 ing in a connected row. I WR Verb i toH jan D itto Ssfft 5 Wf J fMtod . CT?T I To stretch out the legs ; to suspend ; to glitter ; to stride.

Shallow. WR Adjective jan D itto I [ WCM ° 0 -] 182 AHOM—ASSAMESE— w J ENGLISH DICTIONARY, 183

Parts ' P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Mea n in g s. Ahom of i words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i Verb vti> ja t ,. I Ahom word WR1 J f^, <11 I To glitter, to dazzle ; to plaster ; to be divided into many lumps ; to strike with the foot against something. i^P D itto w u Verb 5(t

Noun .. ! jah but pro- D itto '8

VJ Noun ., • T ilt'S ji-khao Ahom word (ji=a gra­ I A granary of a paddy store. nary, store khao — paddy).

9 wwi Noun .. 1m jik Ahom word I A rag.

WYKI Adjective f m jik Ditto c w l i Damp.

w S ; Noun jing D itto

w § Verb jing Ditto To walk on tiptoe. 1 1 WR0^ Noun fm jin D itto Trouble ; a thorn ; a kind of degenerate paddy.

0^ wn Verb jin D itto cfei ; I To be cold ; to be quiet, to be still. 0^ WK Adjective jin D itto cfel 5 I Cold; quiet.

w0 w Noun jit Ditto One born after five others, a sixth child.

0 Verb jit D itto i To clear the edge of a field. 0 WP Verb jip Ditto cW® csifrs? ^ 1 - ^ 1 To walk in steps ; to tread on. O0 w Noun fm jim D itto • ^thr I Olden times, ancient times, beginning. Wr, w f Wor] 184 AHOM—ASSAMESE [ W° vU ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 185

Parts I P ronunciation. Ahom j Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

W vLor _ . . Adverb . . jim-mu .. t Ahom word 'sitfe®, ’SFfkre | In the beginning; in olden times.

. . 1Verb 5f .. j ju • • j Ahom word (Shan, yr I To remain, to stay ; to live. ! = to live). ! wlor Adjective ju Ahom word w s w t ^ t i Mighty. wvu Noun juk .. j D itto A sprout of the plantain-tree dressed for food ; an ugly person. w w Verb juk D itto f^Rl ; ftws fif I To weed ; to put a thing outside the house to get it bedewed.

Noun jung D itto A peacock ; roar of water.

Verb jung D itto i To eject from the mouth.

wS Verb jun D itto *R x7, *R v I To run, to proceed running.

Verb ju t D itto (T ltllW l *’f t >■ f$R fif ; (f|C^ 9|f^ I To be dinted ; to stand still. } 1

Verb jeng D itto CFfl I To start, to feel a sudden uneasy sensa­ tion.

| wI r Noun jen Ditto A pattern.

wI r Verb CSR jen D itto ?h5 OT ; C55t ?} SR | To stretch out the hand ; to become cold; to run.

*|'©6s I wTr Adverb .. jen Ditto For ever.

wI r dr . . Verb jen-pin D itto *R • ^ § 3 1 To become a pattern ; to be created. *ttf5r fu?t • | To spin thread ; to be severed from a wlcw Verb i C®rV jet D itto row ; to cause to fall off.

c t^ W fx ;

*rRs . w l ; vp *cRx i To strike with something blunt; to be w r, w f, Wor Verb Sit'S jao D itto ! completed ; to be lost in thought. i i 1 24 [ wr, wf, w

Parts PRON UNCTATION ? Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of ; J words. I tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. | English. Assamese. English. i Wr, Ujf, Wo" Adjective sits jao .. ■Ahom word (Shan, yaw fN5! ; W I1 ; J j Long; simple, foolish; great; gigantic3 = long). W ’W I very ; distant, far ; completed. Ahom word WfD YHf D Noun . jao-kao SffffT | A spider’s thread. vSo Noun jiu D itto Iw l ; ! A thought; doubt.

Verb jiu D itto fw l I To think.

Wcor Verb 5? ja D itto ; CSffr 1 To peep. D itto wyuD . . 1Noun jak srf3? i A good man, a gentleman. D itto wyyiD . . i) Verb jak To frighten ; to be defeated in a fight ; to be fitto be worthy.

woS Noun jang D itto ’P*T’U1 1 Fame, glory.

WDS Verb jang D itto SR 1 ! To make an ill person lean on. i we§ Adjective jang D itto C5^1 Wl 1 Clotted, cogulated into many clots.

wo£ 0/1 Noun sns-tiMl .. ! jang-ti-ma .. D itto fonrhs i Dayang, the name of a place.

w jl tSl£ TO Noun jang- mung- D itto The name of an Ahom clan, living at kham. Mathadang.

Ahom word (Shan, yan WRD Verb jan c*tw, j j 5(1 ^«rl i To ask, to beg ; to endure ; to make the = to beg ; to tremble). body dance.

WRD Wtor . . Verb jan-shu Ahom word C«lt®r I To ask.

wcRD Noun ! jat D itto csr’frl-’s^l 1 The coarse fibrous part of a silk cotton. I 1 jat j D itto D Verb W tW f’tl ? j Cffire I To yield slightly to the pressure of the foot; to happen soon.

W„D Verb jap D itto Wl 1 To cause to be raised.

we Noun jam : D itto I Gain, profit.

w D Verb jam D itto ’ths j M j osffs i To establish ; to hate ; to yoke. 9 0 w'vtf Noun join D itto ’Tt^t ctw i The flow of water.

1 1 1 188 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ W ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 189 vo', (Fl, Cha)

1 Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom ! Derivation and explana­ words. j of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Adjective 51 cha Ahom word (Shan, Rough; thick; bad, ill; not come, w i J cha = rough, bad). unarrived.

5l-ftW-5l-ft«. . cha-1 ik-cha- Ahom word v o '-, vvw V O 1-, Noun (ftft Wl1 I An iron ladder. VO'S khang wvvi Verb Eftj chak Ahom word (Shan, ftft ; J "5$?M ; "ftftft ftft 1 . . To recognize, to know well; to clean, chak=to know well). to polish; to make string from bamboo, to cut or trim the edge of an embankment. w S Noun 5t«v chang Ahom word (Shan, } ^ft?ft ; ftfs? j ; fff>l ftft ; ftSftft- An elephant; an offering made to an chang = an elephant , ftM ’(ff; i officiating priest at the end of a cere­ ascale; averbal mony ; jugglery; a scale; a person p a r t i c le, denoting blind of the right eye ; a verbal particle present time). denoting present time ; a particle de­ noting the apodosis of a conditional sentence. w S '' . . Verb 5t«x chang Ahom word cW w ft ■ ®jft i To be afflicted with sorrow ; to cause to be subjected to an ordeal by magic. w b Conjunction 5t$x chang D itto ftft* 1 And. w % r’ Adverb . . 5t« chang-nai .. D itto < ^ ft I Now, at present.

O A W . . Adverb .. 5t$ chang-tak .. D itto ^sft ftS^5 I Then.

Adverb .. I ^-5t« -ft? .. chu-chang-nai D itto ; (7l< ftftlft 1 Because; therefore. W„t/ VOX, R9 . . w S w ;, . . Noun 5t® -ft chang-tha .. D itto ftfft5 1 A barber. v o x , h Jw . . Noun 5t« chang-lik D itto ft^ s 1 An elephant keeper.

VOX W & Noun 5t« chang-sha-ri D itto (ft®r 1 ' A physician.

Noun Eft chan Ditto ftft? ; } 'Nftftl j 1 The verandah of a house with raised WR 1 ! floor ; an open-air verandah of a i raised floor house ; a layer, specially a division of the universe; teasing, the lowest division of the universe.

WR Adjective 5ft chan Ditto j fftl ; <»ftl, 1 Having several stories one above the other (of a house) ; horizontal; good, excellent, nice. ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 191 190 AHOM----ASSAMESE— Vpft VI ]

Mea n in g s. P ronunciation . Ahom Parts Derivation and explana words. of tion of phrases, etc. English. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. i A man living at the house of a woman Noun chat Ahom word 5*ftftl j MS i who keeps him, a man who lives at the house of another as a dependant; i a bamboo fork which is used for throwing pieces of turmeric, etc., on the day of the Baisakh Bihu.

To come near; to come ashore; to Verb 5tS chat 953 5ft ; *tftft *f3l *ft3^ 'Sift ; CftSl ; S f^ TtW D itto collect; to shout. 3 ft 1 An owl. w v Noun 5t*l chap • Ditto CWl 1 e* To bend ; to perch on a branch ; to go Verb chap _. ; CTtlStft ; *t3 ; 5ft 1 w v m Ahom word (Shan, and live at the house of another chap to perch on a person. branch). A kind of net; the fringe of a cloth ; a o Noun *l3ft SrbH ; W lt33 3ft ; OTftft; Y33^ ; 1 w 5Vr chain Ahom word (Shan, bog, a quagmire ; sudden burst of cham = a kind of anger ; meaning. net; the fringe of a cloth).

o 3ft 1 To beg. VO Verb 5ft cham Ahom word o O ft 1 Swift. VO Adjective 5ft chain D itto

o '®It35 1 Also. VO Adverb .. 5ft cham D itto

1 And. VO Conjunction 5t3 cham D itto

3ftF5 ; ; 5 ftft ; 3<§ 1 A letter ; paper; a piece of high land ; ft) Noun ft chi Ahom word (Shan, che I a jewel, a precious stone. i = paper). f t f t ; OT'ftl ; ftft 1 To burn ; to show ; to last. "ft Verb ft chi . . i Ahom word (Shan, chi i = to show). Diamond. ft M V{ . . Noun ft-Sft-si chi-tam-mla Ahom word <131 I

I A finger-ring. V § V WOD Noun ft-3ft5ft*ift3ft chi-rap-chap- D itto r 9 khap-bai v wvu ) fiM*! ; 5ftftt3 ^11 ; ^ “sft 'N tS t^ ^ '9*f3 3 ft 1 A pigtail (of the hair) ; the metal orna­ Noun fift chik Ahom word (Shan, chik ment attached to the top of a japi or v o w 5 = top; head). wicker hat-umbrella ; the highest part i of heaven. 3t«>351 1 V $ W v i . . Noun ft^-31 chik-ba Ahom word The strength of arms.

I W lo'] 192 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [w°§ ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 193

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of s Derivation and explana­ words. 1 tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. I English. i i 0^ WU } Noun ching sfrfc srtsK, ; o w ; w S Ahom word A vagabond; a curse affecting a whole 'S’Vr | kingdom ; the highest layer or division. j v fo fsH5, fSR ; ’FtfH 1 eC } Verb f5« ching D itto ! To conquer ; to take by force. Wt> 0~ WK ! q<~ Noun fR chin Ahom word (Shan, chin ■ -AH ; . fsrfSpj srtft 1 An incarnation ; a cloth ; a long slice : WK = a Buddha). i an insect like a dragon-fly. 1 (jgpfo 1 } Noun chit ! Ahom word > The seven dvipas or worlds ; rage, anger. V$OA

0 r f Numeral .. chit-ship-kao I yo<& w p w D D itto The number seventy-nine. i w{j l3cv\ Numeral . . chit-ship-pet D itto MiJpm i The number seventy-eight.

q q r q r VP&A WV VpOA Numeral .. fijfe-frT-fFS .. chit-ship-chit D itto HVsH'aH 1 : The number seventy-seven. i yfiok i^V dgjyi Numeral .. chit-ship-ruk D itto | 1 The number seventy-six. 0 ° 1 , WOA w v W Numeral .. chit-ship-sham D itto OSW? 1 The number seventy-three. 0 r 0 • Vt?OA w w Numeral .. chit-ship-shi D itto 1 ' The number seventy-four. 9 <~ 0 r Vt?cv» WV 'io : Numeral .. chit-ship-shang Ditto 1 i The number seventy-two. 0 1 v$an WV >11 Numeral .. chit-ship-ha D itto 1 The number seventy-five.

V^oa v^{? Vkoa N u m eral.. chit-ship-it .. D itto | The number seventy-one. 0 r WV Verb .. ’ fs*t chip D itto f^ l ; ? | To pain ; to seek ; to get fever.

.. Noun chip ( p r o ­ D itto CTtt-^R Rift J fJppft 1 ,. ' A flat piece of gold or silver ; a kind of *!fh ®IW) n o u n c e d fly ; the other side. chen ). n 1 Noun chu or chiiw Ahom word (Shan, I’f; en ro l; Ni

1 Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom | of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. .... ij I W ) ; Ahom word (Shan, cliii Verb £ - o chu or chiiw JR • ; ftft ft ; ^1 ; CTWtft j i To seek company ; to believe ; to apply wto 5 = to believe ; a com­ *r| I heat to paddy to dry it: to bend ; to pany). i liquefy gold ; to be submerged.

VP VPb / • • Adverb chu-chang-nai Ahom word Tfacl J (?ft I Because ; therefore. wwi, wvn i Noun chuk D itto i i The top of a kind of grass (Saccharum spontaneum). D itto w w Verb R ' chuk ft I To set on a dog.

W Adverb . chuk D itto I i Thrice, three times.

Noun '55 , chung ; Ahom word (Shan, A large box ; a kind of iguana, ! chung = a kind of j outer coffin ; chung- : cha = the common | house lizard), i Verb 5A . . chung ; Ahom word

Adjective K chung Ditto C5?t$1 I Pointed.

Noun $ chut D itto E’ttl I A clod of earth. 1

i Verb $ .. chut D itto I'ftl ; CBfaft 1 To lessen; to clear with a hoe. 1 i Adjective $ . . chut ; D itto W l I A little. i ! Verb chup . | Ahom word (Shan, chup H ’ll ; fftsl ; C5ft I To kiss ; to w et; to suck. i1 ! =^to wet; to suck).

i Noun . . chum , i Ahom word W , | Love, pleasure, affection. i Verb .. chum D itto \5t^. j>sri «ri i To corrode with lime ; to kiss. I win i Verb .. chum-kan D itto W

w x i Verb . . chui .. i D itto ; Wt'QSf I To understand ; to feel a tingling sensa­ | tion ; to lean. 1 i Noun CU .. che Ahom word (Shan, che I A town, a city. ==a province).

f/w r Verb C5 ’ che .. Ahom word fAd i To wet.

Parts ' Pronunciation . Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. ] English. words. speech. 1 Assamese English. Assamese.

°!vor vt?$ . . Noun C6-#5% . • , che-ching .. D itto i 1 Ornaments. i I i 1 1 che-rung .. ; Ahom word (che = a ! • • Noun ... 1 Ahataguri, the name of a place in the Sib­ town, rung=a peepul sagar District, in Golaghat Sub-division. tree). 1 i <7wr ycr • • Adverb . . C5-OT che-chem .. i Ahom word TO*? 1 i All. D itto 1 i An ampitheatre.

e/’w.l Noun 5 cho D itto 5^ 1 : An earthen cooking-pot. D itto w tw Noun chek i A turban; a rope for tying cattle. D itto vdlw Verb chek 'SW UfJ 1 To come near, to approach. i I ; Noun ! ChS .. 1cheng Ahom word (S h an, a A female attendant; a god. vtfLS I ; ! i female attendant), 1 vdLb ! Verb 1 cheng Ahom word *f®ro s p r i Not to be late, not to delay.

s Noun i css -^r$ cheng-nang Ahom word (cheng — a 1 A female slave. i female attendant, i I nang=a girl).

D c r f Noun C5« -Ht« cheng-nang- Ahom word (cheng=a fwt i A maid-servant attached to a temple. pau-phi. female a 11 e n d a n t, IO nang=a girl, pau = to attend, phi = a god).

Noun chen .. Ahom word J i 1 Creation; the number 32; establish­ ment ; a cause.

To ask. Verb chen D itto C’TtM 1

Very beautiful. wlS Adjective C5^i chen . . Ahom word (Shan, to be ^ 4 1 , clear, pure, bright).

CTfH-Csfa 1 In any direction. vpI k Advere . . CW chen Ahom word

w 9 Noun 5lt chai ! Ahom word (S h a n, a SpSl ; W J ?|^1 5 Wl ^Tl 1 A man, a male ; a male child ; a mas­ masculine suffix). culine suffix. Wor OA9 W t ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 199 198 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ W*

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Aliom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. speech. Assamese. English. To come into use ; to break ; to cause chai ’ Ahom word (Shan, to W Verb to be broken : to strike the thighs use). with open hands at a quarrel.

i A god, a deity; a master, an owner ; a Wo Noun Sts chao Ahom word (Shan, king ; a great man ; God. chaw=owner). To boil rice; to promise ; to happen X 7 X ''' W o i Verb 5T« chao .. Ahom word suddenly.

j bfft't I Great; supernatural. Wo Adjective S chao Ditto A title of dignity, the Banrukia-Gohain Wor w Noun c h a o-k a n g- Ditto had charge of the territory called ban-ruk. i “Banruk.” dSvn

^ < 1 C5VT1 I One who had the charge of royal fowls. r 9 i NToun chao-kai Ditto Wo W i Chaokhunjen was a son of Chaokhunjao. chao-khun-jen Ditto W0r n R tJLk Noun .. : 0?*^ i 4 M’t f e I He reigned at Mungkhu-mungjao for 15 years.

St'S^tbS, Vt'SC^ St'Q’f I Chaokhunjao was a son of Chao-shen- fw&wf i Noun •• chao-khun-jao! Ditto chao. He reigned at Mungkhu-mung­ Wo ®tt3 C’T’PS i 4 I jao for 15 years.

^® tiw 1 i A title of dignity. The Tungkhungia 4 Noun .. j f>t'S4«-*lt®s chao- tung- Ditto Gohain had the charge of a territory khang. called “ Tingkhang.”

5b3T>tt*ri C'P'ft Wl I C®'3 a Chaotaipa was a king of Maolung. He chao-tai-pa . . ( Ditto VOo : Noun .. i vf'9-st^-nl •• W ? | E®'G PtSSfWf'S^ ®tEW ruled the country for 9 years. He was brother of Chao-changjao. S5rtf>[ i

Et-sfeTt^, NE®^ I C^Q ’It'S5!® Chaotaipum was a son of Taokhunkhum. chao-tai-pum Ditto Woor(v\’v.. Noun .. •• 3®j| 'Sfff^I '5)t¥ > 3t5T3 He was a king of Maolung and reigned for 17 years. |

OTsfrlVfig W*R Wl Vj>< Chaotaipang was a descendant of the W o o f V & Noun • • 1 • • j chao-tai-pang . Ditto \5t*n *t

Stsfere^l StsVftV®^ ^ t¥ ’Its5!® CV‘R Chaotaipha was a son of Chaotaipang chao-tai-pha j Ditto Wo U? uoi Noun .. St'S-fef?-5p1 ^ t f e I c®s i?

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of tion of phrases, etc. words. Assamese. English. i speech. 1 Assamese. English. — i'i r 9 c cliao-tai-lung Ahom word WO OA lUp i Noun 3t®g« Chaotailung was a son of Chaotaipum 3®f1 I C'5'S i 4 353 3t5r5 I and king of Maolung. He reigned for 15 years.

Wor ICQ Noun 5t''S~5r1 chao-pha Ahom word (chao = a god, a king, pha = ’S lW t, 35?1 I The heavenly king ; a king. heaven).

c h a o p h a- Ahom word W o w i roq Noun 5t'S3* 5M3

chao-phrang- Ahom word (chao = a WO EOcS Noun St3-^'g . • Bura Gohain, the prime minister of the mung. god, phrang = wide, Assam Rajas. m ung=country, i.e. a god of a wide country).

chao-bo-klang W o Vp i yh£ Noun Ahom word An officer of high rank who had the charge of the salt-mine at Mahang, during Assam Raja’s time. chao-bo-ngen W o ‘V'eoI Noun Ditto c ? ft^ i Sadiyakhoa Gohain had the charge of i Sadiya during Assam Raja’s time.

5t«-3Tl-3t«-HF chao-ma-rang- w o v 1-, w Noun D itto c

chao- mung- W o TA'S Noun Ditto W*i l Salal Gohain had the charge of Darrang. shao-la. A high officer. VUI r fl 5T'«-l5i chao-ji Wo W 1 Noun Ahom word (c h a o = I A treasurer, a store-keeper. great, ji=granary). ! w o w % ! Noun Ut'S-5t«-33 .. c h a o -chang- : Ahom word 5Wf\§

chao-chang- W o w i w f Noun M3-5.t®-5tT'8 . . j Ditto UtQUtvRt'Q, 5T<35f\§<[*H W Chao-changjao was a son of Chao-chang­ ! jao. i i I ^tf^f I Ce's '

W o W K v^r Noun i chao-chang­ Ditto Chao-changneu was a son of Chao- neu. changbun. i i 26 202 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— [ W ( f w S v i# Wof TO ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 203

...... ' l Meanings. Parts 1 P ronunciation J Ahom Derivation and explana­ of i tion of phrases, etc. words. speech, ! Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i "WFfihll I . J A title of dignity. wo' w S w jj Noun .. Ft3-fF^-*3j§v • • chao-ching- Ahom word lung.

Wor Wf Vtrg Noun chao-thao- 1Ahom word (Chao = a I One of the three great councillors of D lung. god, thao=old, lung Ahom kings. i =great, i.e. a great i old god).

Wor W^ Noun . . : FT$-^-FT$ ehao-ru-chang Ahom word ( C h a o = I • • i An Ahom clan attached to the services great, ru=head, chang • of the three great councillors, the = elephant, i.e. a | Buragahain, the Burgahain and Bar- great elephant head). I patra Gohain. i wor vi&£ Wit- Noun .. ! chao-leng- Ahom word The lord of light. sheng.

Vt?(f W . Noun chao-sham-ru D itto FW*FF I Chaoshamru was a son of Dakham. I He was drowned.

One of the three great councillors of the Wor wj< Noun • • chao-sheng- Ahom word (Chao = a i lung. god, s h e n g = holy, Ahom kings. lung = great, i.e. a great holy god).

Ahom word i Chaoshenchao was a son of Khunshu. Wor WIr W o Noun 5t'9-C^H-5t'S . . chao-shen- FtQt^FhQ I i chao CVf«t\5 I He ruled the country Mungkhu Mung­ jao for 19 years.

The name of a deity. Wo W W^R Noun c h a o s h a i - D itto o rw b I p h u n-n o i- vtT D i noi.

W I The lord of sunbeam, Wor W .9 o Noun 5t3-^-C5T> • • j chao-shai-det D itto

Chao-ai-mokhamjang, descended from, W o Vil o/vi Noun chao-ai-mo- Ditto the line of Khunshu. He succeeded kham-jeng. W i I C^® YO w lS Pameoplung at Mungkhu Mungjao. i o I He died after a rule of 10 years.

5 ^ 3 -^ C ^ W lt^f ’3J'5*F ’STff^I I 8 o Chao-Ijap was the son of Khunlai. He chaoai-jep . . D itto Wo w iv i Verb died ruling the country Mungrimung- 1 ram for 40 years. He had no issue. C^tCHl WfH Hl I CS'S 'STt^C^f He introduced the Ahom era called H t f ^ 5 i Ijepi lakni,

tfSgfoty 3jS5rt^ CT*tH w l , Ghao-dakham was the youngest son of Noun chao-da-khani D itto Wo" VI TO . • < 3 ^ I Phushiipshangdeng, king of Munglai. i 204 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [w f ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 205

1 Parts P ronunciation . Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana - of | tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese, ! English. Assamese. English. 1 w f, w r •. Noun .. cheu Ahom word (Shan, cheu } ’ R } . -SffUfST 1 | The heart, the mind; an ambassador ; i =m ind, a messenger). I a messenger.

r r ; < ? r k i Wo, vo Verb C5^ cheu Ahom word ! To think, to reflect; to say “ yes.” vc£ vruvi . . Verb . i cheu-kut D itto SR CFtF *11 1 | To be unwilling to enjoy sexual pleasure. w f . Verb cheu-ngo D itto SR C*FtS *11^ | To return being unwilling to enjoy sexual pleasure. vt?f vu w . . Verb cheu-luk D itto | To copulate. vt?or VI Verb s-3 . . cheu-hing-ha Ditto s R ^ r t f t i To be reluctant to copulate.

V&f, Vt?o' . . Noun chiw Ahom word (Shan C^t ; CTfab fsR | Swiftness ; a saddle. swiftness). 2 X I or e r WO, WO . . Verb chiw Ahom word (Shan, to To go quickly ; to be disordered ; to be­ go quickly). have piously.

W0W Noun chak Ahom word (Shan, a } f t s f l I A corner; raw provisions supplied to a corner). guest.

W ri Verb chak Ahom word ctW s r h i To scoop, to take a handful out of a large quantity.

W " OA . . Noun chak-ta D itto The corner of the eye.

WdS Noun chang Ahom word (Shan, an j CWt ; CK ; ; 5*Wf ; An umbrella ; light, brilliancy ; a hair- umbrella; false hair). j 3fS1

W0S Noun chan D itto i One side of anything.

RtH ; FtH I To dance ; to 'smooth with an axe. w 0S Verb chan D itto X X

WDS Adjective chan D itto fh R i Nice, beautiful.

Ditto c ^ i i <^fei f c p f t i An Ahom clan called Barukial. W I W°g Noun x x X \ chan-sheng- ang-tang. i

Verb chat Ahom word (Shan, to * W I j *lt3*Ft? ; CB'Sft ; f

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. i English. Assamese. English.

1 To search. w cv Verb chap Ahom word

Adjective 5*1 chap D itto Brimful; sincere, honest, pure. o -S53 I Vicinity. w D Noun cham D itto *11 ; ; «lt®i ; I To assemble ; to accompany ; to take Wo Verb cham D itto i company: to load (as a gun) ; to sweep. i C*lt53l I Adjective cham D itto Contagious. I Together with. Adverb . cham-doin D itto I A borer ; an owl; a child’s penis. Noun chai D itto fWf! ; 1 ? 1 To come to any one’s assistance. WDxi Verb chai D itto ; *1*11 ; 1 A male organ ; a friend, assistance; a Noun choi Ahom word (Shan, to help). tax paid to the king or to a spiritual guide; power. 208 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ TO { TOI w u v t $ ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 209

w ' fal, Tha).

P ronun CIATION. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of I tion of phrases, etc. words. Assamese. ! English. speech. Assamese. English.

i, «t1 tha Ahom word c ’W s i f t i TO TOI . . Noun A sofa with boxes underneath.

*11 tha Ahom word (Shan, tha 551} ^ft& ft sift 1 TO TOI Verb i To shave; to wait. = to shave; to wait). To be cut by a razor ; to hew, to cut WYY) Verb thak Ahom word (Shan, to } \5tre spft 1 hew). with a dao.

TO? Noun «lt® thang Ahom word (Shan, a *tft ; ; ^fttft i 1 hole in the ground). A hole in the ground ; an iron instru­ ment for digging ; a spring ; a slice, a bit.

thang Ahom word ftffti ? ; ftfft ft, Ptftf ft 1 Verb .. To attain an object; to pour out, to spill.

WK «ItH than Ahom word (Shan, a ’Tlfefft'Kt ; ; 'Slftfrl . <£| SfjR I Noun A cowshed enclosed with planks ; a cloth stable, coal). girdle; a live coal; a than (or roll) of cloth.

WK wlS . - than-chen .. Ahom word Noun 1 A blanket. wS w 9 than-dum-lai D itto ’ r f t iF i 1 Noun A carpet. w m Verb th at D itto C R l ; 511 1 To startle ; to unloose by force; to be rent asunder. w G i Noun thap D itto S|ftt ; W N I • • A shelf, a layer, a stratum. w G Verb s ift! thap D itto ftftttftttft fa 5J1 . 5p5l ft . To flow in drops ; to make a patch-work 7 ( X f t t i X CT'S 5f . «fftt

o S jftf w Verb tham Ahom word (Shan, to C T ft I To ask, to enquire. enquire).

« l f t w Adjective tham Ahom word i . * * Full, complete.

W K> Verb tham-k h a m- D itto CTtefl ^11

W W1 Noun tham-phra .. D itto slftftl, ^sfa ftfa Rfif | i i Thamphra, the name of a place. 'II

27 210 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [w io” tOVM ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 211

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. Assamese. | tion of phrases, etc. speech. English. Assamese. English.

TO UO9 Noun «IR-3Ft^ tham-phrai.. Ahom word PH'ft CHfal H^HH <£RH HR I The name of a place called Suffrai in the Sibsagar Sub-division. w Vnl tft,or Noun tham-a-mu D itto ?R I A plough. w Yn Yf? . . Noun tham -am -ai D itto HHHtft^fH I A kind of medicinal herb. O Of, 9 w vn rd . . Noun sjR-'NR-H? . . tham-am-noi Ditto WTfHHft I A kind of medicinal herb.

W'vS Verb sIRp than but pro- Ditto CT^T; RR*R1 I To open ; to change leaves (as a tree). RE n o u n c e d “ thai.” vo Noun ft thi D itto . > ?bft ; Hft I A flower or leaf bud; a bamboo fishtrap. w Adjective ft thi Ditto HH I Thick, dense.

■rc>Yvi Verb ft^ thik Ditto HHftiR ftn I To tear with a lancet. vo% Noun ft® thing Ditto *Wft ; f tf t ; f^f^STf ’Tft I A field; a kind of ornament worn on the neck; a thin plank. w8§ Verb ft® thing D itto HR1 '891^1 | To alter one’s speech. vfo , w8£ . . Noun ftn thin D itto f t’^ftH I A throne,

•O3K Verb ftn thin D itto 'f'Q HR } I j To punish.

•O?S ft Noun ftR-RS-nft .. thin-run g- Ahom word (Shan, thin RftH ft^HH | i A glittering gold throne. kham. = a throne, rung = bright, kham=gold).

G w v Verb f t’j thip Ahom word (Shan, to 9ffft Hft X I To kick. kick).

Noun 1 thu Ahom word (Shan, thu 1 Pulse, beans ; a roasting spit. = to rub against).

Verb thu Ahom word C^I I To touch.

w i(f Noun 1 thiiu | D itto - t I A turner’s lathe.

rtfLor Verb thiiu D itto < c 3^5 5 (?r|\3 . | i To put in proper order; to fill up a pit; | to imagine.

w w i Verb thuk D itto *Vft I To come in contact.

wyu Adjective thuk j D itto rtf stfTl 5 I Having no companion ; exact. rtftw w S ] 212 AHOM----ASSAMESE- 0 . 2 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 2 1 3

P ronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom ; of words. j tion of phrases, etc. speech. i Assamese. English. Assamese. English. wj5 Noun thung . . ; Ahom word OSrtC®lt(Sl ; C T W I A wallet, a bag. i aa ; afa ata i Verb .. , 1® thung D itto To put to silence ; to close the fist. rqS, wS . . Noun thun Ahom word (Shan, thun I A plough ; lime. 1 = tim e).

a t ; i WJ5, w j i . . Verb .. , thun Ahom word (Shan, thun To plough ; to fill. = a harrow). i 1

rDK, WkR . . Adjective thun Ahom word i Full, complete.

o at^a \sW ■ aa5 caWi i •• ; Noun .. thum D itto A piece of fish ; a bag, a small bag. Verb thum .. i D itto at i To sink ; to submerge. I1 0 'S ’ F® I TO. Adjective thum D itto Hot.

o o 9 c a a t a ? i S S • • Verb .. ; t h u m -1 u m- D itto To become ill. khrai. ‘ 1 Verb ” thun but pro- i D itto i To uproot. n o u n c e d

Adjective thun but pro- D itto i Very. n o n n c e d ;

| a a b ? a? i W ^ i Verb ■ thui-cheu-det D itto To be very angry.

W u i r Verb ca the Ahom word (Shan, thu X To cut (as meat or fish). = to slice).

atfaca ctcst^; ^fa at i ‘Ax’l Verb a tho Ahom word (Shan, tho To push with a stick; to sing song alter­ =to propel by push­ nately as a man and a woman. ing).

l T§or . . Noun a-fa^ tho-khriu .. Ahom word W W I 1 A kind of tree.

s f a a t f a i ‘W Noun a thwo D itto A punting pole.

w lw Noun ca*£ thek D itto w l i A male (used as a suffix denoting the masculine gender). 1 ejtfWs w a j w a ; w f? ai i w lw Verb ca^ thek D itto To touch the bank of a river; to come in contact with; to arrive at.

a w i w lw w v . . Noun ca^-5t« thek-chang .. D itto • • A male elephant. i 214 AHOM—ASSAMESE- L wf WWI ww ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 215

! P ronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. ! English. Assamese. English.

TtU Noun c«t« theng Ahom word (Shan, J Quickness. thiing=to be slow). v&5> Verb (?l® theng Ahom word (Shan. ’ll 1 To arrive at. thiing=to arrive at). 1 w%£ Noun then Ahom word (Shan, thun 1 A forest; the bottom of a sleeping plat­ = a forest). form . w t£ ft Noun C’R-’lfr then-kham .. Ahom word C’R ’Tfa, 'ST’IW ’JJW, jW * 'srfa ! Thenkham was a son of Dakham, king 5jj§ i of Mungthila and father of Khunlung and Khunlai. 1I w 9 Noun ’lit thai Ahom word (Shan, to i | A ploughshare. plough). . 1 w.9 Verb thai Ahom word (Shan, thai ’Ftl’ffa ’I’ll j ; fetfH W*r ; To change one’s clothes; to put on a i = to exchange old for *itf*t *ki i cloth wrapped round the body ; to new). pull out with force ; to set a female slave to abuse a person. I 9 9 W t f Noun stt^-srt^ thai-m ai Ahom word W f a 5iT^ I A tribe of man called “ muluk ” in Assam. i w f Noun ’IT« thao D itto *Fs1 1 A creeper.

Wo • • Adjective ’IT'S , thao Ahom word (Shan, to be 3EI ; 1 Old, aged; in a row or line. old, aged).

w f w °f Noun «|T'S-’IT§-^T'S .. t h a o-k h a t - Ahom word ^f»l 5F51 1 A kind of creeper. kao.

w f vsf vf. • Noun «Tt'3-?IT'S-iffS .. t h a o-k h a o- Ditto C5Tf5f®T'5l 1 A tree (Mechilus odoratissina, Watt) mao. which in Assam is used to feed muga i silkworms.

f r ’It's-f’j^ thao-khriw .. Ditto i A kind of tree. Wo W) Noun f or w ; Ko Noun thao-niw D itto f’Rl ®1'®1 1 A kind of creeping plant, the seeds of which are used by children as marbles in play.

r o cj\®i i A kind of creeper, Cissanpilos heyandra. Wo Do Noun ’IT'S-’t1!. tha-pam D itto

W a V i wrs Noun t h a o - m a - D itto 1 A kind of creeping plant. chang-rang. dG% 5|t'(OF®1 1 A creeper bearing white fragrant flowers, I j/v W \ Noun t h a o - m a k - Ditto r ngu-kuk. i Gaertnera racemosa (Gamble). w w r r ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 217 216 AHOM—-ASSAMESE—

Meanings. P ronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom i of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. j speech. Assamese. English. I W ffa CTMtt 1 An arbitrator amongst the people of the Ahom word w f VK Noun sft'S-srtH thao-man .. Kachari tribe. r MiSR MR Thaomuklinglungmangr&i was the first t h a o - m u - Ditto w f tAo~ Noun C’Mt^ I Ms McfaR MR 3Sfl JRMR Buragohain of the Ahom kings. He kling- lung- 'b 'S <£? 5Tt«-^ was the first Buragahain in the reign mang-rai. fare FR Ml of the first Ahom king of Assam, i M fal 1 Sukafa, from 1229 to 1268 A.D.

M r R M R M c

M 1 M R ft 35TR M«(R fafaH MS- Bargohain, one of the three great thao-m u n g - Ahom word (thao=old, w j t Noun councillors of the Ahom kings. w f tfl,S lung. mung = country, lung farfa i = g reat). W i I Salalgohain, an officer of high rank. thao-m ung- Ahom word Noun shao-la. vui i C'e’ffc srel, CsVft^ ^ 1 I A kind of creeping plant. I thao-thuk-ma Ditto • • TOr TOW V $ Noun D O' ' M I Bargohain (also called Thaomunglung), thao-1 h u m - D itto ■ ro f Noun lung. M m r 5 Mcfai wR fasfa i res Thaoruru was the second Buragoham oi thao-ru-ru .. D itto FR M Flbt ^51 C’fR’fe the Ahom kings. He was Buragohain Noun 1 '’It'S-' • • from 1268 to 1293 A.D. D & & M far i M j W l 5 ft 1 To fill; to fling ; to reinforce.

o r them D itto w Verb I CM *Rre M m ^ R I srteK i A strong, good-looking person. I . H$r§ thiw D itto Wo . . Noun M M Ml M lh i t R ; Mft ; MSfail i .. To smooth from one end to the other; to kick; to whistle. Ahom word (Shan, thiw Verb . i f$|^ thiw Wo = to kick). l i In a line or row. i Ahom word (Shan, the Adjective thiw Wo same). i A bud. I thiw-ban e r Ahom word WO VK Noun i '5iM j 'SM M fa M To empty ; to be aslant.

thak D itto w v ri Verb . i M o 1 28 218 AHOM—ASSAMESE— f TO W W i T O W W t ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 219 1— 0 ' D '

Meanings. Ahom Parts P ronunciation. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

’Its ftft 1 To retreat. wvuD w\{ ' wvnD Verb thak-ka-jak- Ahom word YU { ka.

TOoS Verb «l« thang D itto CTtt’Ftfrl ftft 7 ; W ’lW S ’Tft 7; CTtC&W ftft -s To poke a t; to tuck in one end of a (fttfrfft ; <85^ 5t^ 5 spd^It^ ftft 1 waist-cloth behind ; to bend by press­ I i ing ; to congeal; to come near, to approach ; to destroy by trampling.

’tf’ffl 5 ftftSfft ; ; ’fofa & ’ll 1 To strip feathers, to pluck ; to give a o Verb ’ft than Ahom word (Shan, than = to pull out). sudden pull or jerk ; to suffice ; to form into rhyme. ro0 Verb ’ft \ tham Ahom word (Shan, th&m 'Sft 1 To hear. = to hear).

TOVt>o Noun thoi Ahom word ^«n i Back-biting. TO'vS0 Verb thoi D itto <2W CTt«l 1 To ask a question. J Cftft } *tfRg j ; Wo • • Verb thoi D itto To pull off ; to ask; to torture; to ’h i liquidate a debt.

Adjective thoi D itto 1 Secret.

i

i 220 AHOM—ASSAMESE— YV1K v p W1K J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 221

dG(T|, Ra).

Parts ‘ P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana- words. of speech. Assamese. | English. j tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. i i Noun ft ra Ahom word (Shan, ha =

• • Verb ft ra Ahom word (Shan, ha= ft i To rain heavily. a shower). 1 Adjective ; ra ! Ahom word ft^tft ; 1 Ill, sick ; much. i Noun rak i Ahom word (Shan, hak CSCftft, Cftll, W } ftftl 1 Affection, love ; a root. =affection, a root).

Verb ftft rak : Ahom word (Shan, hak ’SftX '; ftft 1 To break ; to wet. =to break). i i Verb To love. rak-kan Ahom word (rak=love, TO 1 i kan=to begin, i.e. to begin to love). dSw YUK Verb rak-kan-peng- Ahom word (rak=love, 1 To show excessive love WIK T ft kan, kan=to begin, peng = affection, k a n = begin, i.e. to show excessive love). The body of a man ; a dead body (of a Noun ft®N rang Ahom word (Shan, ’ll ; ft? j ^ft^ J • • man or animal) ; a skeleton; a bird’s * hang=a nest; a tail; CTSf , j 'STMS I nest; the castor-oil tree ; a tail; an appearance, form). image, a form ; consultation.

To cause to be laid, to establish; to dS% Verb ft®s rang Ahom word raise the floor of a house. d§% Verb ft® -ftft rang-kan Ahom word (r a n g = i To consult. i consultation, kan=to begin, i.e. to begin consultation). To consult secretly. <£% YMR P dS Verb ( X X x r a n g - k a n - Ahom word (raug=con- WB plang-kan. sultation, k a n = to begin, plang = void, 1 kan=to begin, i.e. to 1 begin consultation in 1 void). I 222 AHOM—ASSAMESE— X>j ENGLISH DICTIONARY, 223

Parts eanings Ahom P ronunciation. M . of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. ! English. Assamese. English. 1 <£$ K> . . Verb X rang-kha Ahom word (rang = to 3^5 1 To lay thatching grass in bundles at cause to be laid, kha i the top of the roof of a house. = thatching grass, i i.e. to cause thatching 1 grass to be laid). 1 Adjective ran Ahom word (Shan, han ; ftffl ; W ; Vermilion, cinnabar; layer, stratum; = vermilion; to place j W 1 foundation ; a buffalo horn used as a one above the other). wind instrument; a conchshell; a cross-beam under a platform ; chaos ; a roll of thread.

Adjective ran Ahom word Confused.

Verb rat D itto C'4ft3t5l 1 •• To pull down with a noose; to become sticky.

• A load carried on the shoulders sus­ = to carry on the pended from either end of a pole. shoulder). efsV Verb rap Ahom word j or^rl i To pack something ; to carry on the shoulder; to show eagerness.

Noun rap-rup D itto 1 Hand-to-hand fighting.

% Noun

% Verb ram Ahom word To put together jute fibres for making a rope; to relapse, to return (of a i | disease), to be deserted.

% Adjective ram Ditto ^©, ; ft?H J 1 Many ; lonely ; deserted.

<3S YMR Noun ram -kan Ditto 1 • • A kind of grass.

4? Noun ram-mu Ditto ^ s f t 1 Powdered chaff. dt f t . . ! Noun ri Ditto i A temple. ft .. j £ Verb ri 1 D itto 5f5' . 5Tf5f 1 To make ; to be agitated. dl Adjective ft ri D itto h Long, not short. JzW Noun ft^ rik Ahom word (Shan, hik W l ; W i i j <3^, VHci 1 A march; relationship; relative; cause = a prime motive of an action). AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ c&w 224 D * V J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 225

i Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. d^YVl Verb ft^ rik Ahom word (Shan, hik sits 1 • • To call. = t o call). dlw . Verb ft^-St®^ rik-tang Ahom word W f t j ^ 1 I • • To cause a religious ceremony to be perform ed.

dl$ . . Noun ft® i ring D itto f o , 1 A list.

Numeral . . ft«x ring Ahom word (Shan, C^ift 1 A thousand. hing).

dig Verb ft®s ring Ahom word 45fftn <7fol 1 • . To strike with a stick.

dig T£>1 . . N oun ft®-vf ring-pha D itto fo fcF fo l *tt5 1 A plank placed perpendicularly on another plank.

dig Noun rin Ahom word (Shan, hin rK ; CT^^ft I1 A stone, a rock ; a plea. = a stone ; a sandfly).

& Verb ft4! rin Ahom word To endure. ' j ft4! dig A djective rin D itto (AC’Ml 1 • • Oblique.

14< . . N oun ft4!-^! rin-shum D itto ^forl i Sulphate of copper, blue vitriol.

Noun fts rit D itto j fo r 1 A boil; a hailstone.

dlcvi . . Verb ftu rit D itto CSt! ; Cufot 1 To press ; to extort by pressure.

dip N oun ft^ rip D itto • • A hail-stone.

£ v i Verb ft<3 rip D itto cut!, for? i i • • To press, to pinch.

dig dS^G . . N oun ft’W ’t rip-rup D itto fiforl i • • A tick.

dg® N oun for rim Ahom word (Shan, him). fftfs i • • A border.

dSa cm ' N oun ftH-^l rim -ta Ahom word i • • The eye-lashes.

N oun ftH-ftft rim -pik D itto T fo 1 •• The lobe of the ear.

Ahom word (Shan, huw A.» <&/ - • N oun ru or ru } <3Vft j } ’ft® ; CTS ; >lfft®t3 ; The head ; a hedge; a raft; a hole ; an ' = the head ; hu = a evil spirit; a load carried by two C«lt^ j ^51 ; fo } ; ^t4^ ft^l 1 hole; hu=a hedge). persons ; a bunch ( of fruit, etc.); the stump of a tree ; perspiration; know­ ledge ; a hole in the lobe of the ear for wearing ornaments.

29 agjg] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 2 2 7 226 AHOM—ASSAMESE— -J

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. speech. Assamese. English.

Ahom word (Shan, hu= I To leak ; to know. Verb •^5 • • ru or ru CK? 5 cgjf . . to know).

Ahom word ’Sfft I Before. eg . • Adjective ru D itto I The knee. Noun ru-khao dS„K’ vof D ru-pak Ahom word (ru = the ; <£i«t W R '8’t ^ fond i Saikia ; an officer over one hundred eg Dvn Noun head, pak=one hun­ men. dred, i.e. the head of one hundred).

Ahom word •rftsrl I The liver. Noun ru-phu D itto ^8^ I The north. Noun ru-mung Ahom word (ru = the ?t®rfwl, 'Q’hw fwrl i A Hazarika; an officer over one thou­ de di g . . 1 Noun ^-f^g ru-ring head, ring=one thou­ sand men. sand, i.e. the head of one thousand).

Ahom word (ru — the f*R I The Duimunishil, two rocks in the dg^dg£ Noun head, rin=a stone). middle of the Brahmaputra near Bishvanath.

A “ Cowlick,” a tuft of hair turned up ru-she Ahom word i dg^7wr Noun over the forehead.

Ahom word (ru = the ^1, wr iw i .. A Bara, an officer over twenty men of Noun ru-shao head, shao = twenty, the Assam Rajas. i.e. the head of twenty).

ft Wfl I .. The fleshy portion of the breast. dg^Aw wf Noun <{5-'\3<£-C5V§ ru-uk-cheu Ahom word

A kind of bamboo ; a disease of the ruk Ahom word (Shan, huk dgjyu . . Noun = a kind of bamboo). teeth, tooth-ache ; transplanted paddy seedlings.

Ahom word (Shan, huk). *r°s*trl i The number 6. dgvr Numeral .. ruk i To pass the time by doing some unim­ ruk Ahom word dSw Verb portant work.

I A species of esculent root. dgw M?or Noun ruk-nyen-lung D itto Ahom word (Shan, hung CFl ;

] Parts i P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahoth , 4 „ . ; tion of phrases, etc. words. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Verb rung Ahom word (Shan, hung ftsfl } ft • | To boil; to put as cargo into a boat; = to boil; to shine). to be; to shine.

A djective rung Ahom w ord I B right. O'

N oun rung-mut .. D itto k t'sfe'ft b-sr srfa i Rungmut, the name of the 8th lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga.

N oun rung-sheu .. D itto iW Hfa I Rungsheu, the name of the 18th lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga. i i b f . . Noun ^ig-srt'Q rung-mao .. D itto Rungmao, the name of the 28th lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga.

N oun rung-plao .. D itto ^ssrt's, i Rungplao, the name of the 38th lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga.

dSjS YYir . . N oun ru n g ’keu D itto ^rtc^fr 8b-»t Kfa i Rungkeu, the name of the 48th lanki of 1 an Ahom Taoshinga.

D itto Rungr&o, the name of the 58th lakni of N oun X rung-rao W jt'8, M I an Ahom Taoshinga.

' N oun run Ahom word (Shan, hun). CTWI I An offshoot.

Verb run Ahom word (Shan, hun ; W ; Ci5t6 : cfte ’ll ; C’tKl I To cry, to weep ; to grow ; to scrape; to i = to call out). be wrinkled, to shrink ; to shoot out.

j Verb run-pin Ahom word I To weave.

i N oun ru t D itto <5Tffst j <5511 I A sty on the eye : a bamboo tray. <£ OA i Ahom word (Shan, rut 5R ; ; ’It^t ^ It5! ’ll I To prune; to pull or tighten a rope ; to • • Verb ru t 7 X 7 = to pull or tighten a be agitated (of water). rope ; to throw water). 1 i Noun rup Ahom word $ I A handful, a fist.

Ahom word (Shan, hup To gather together. <£v Verb rup O' = to gather together).

N oun rum Ahom word (Shan, hum A knot in wood; a scheme, a crafty = a cover). scheme; a cover.

Verb ' rum Ahom word ; Kri? 6 3 ; otr 5 i To trample upon; to cover; to till the I ' ground ; to milk ; to unite, to assem­ ble. dg9] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 231 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ 230

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. words. speech. Assamese. English. ^^5J^1, favtH ; ; <£fa1 I A valley ; a hill stream; a long broad Ahom word (Shan, huh N o u n rui hollow in which water collects during b- = a ravine). the rains.

( C’ttw t 'S’WI c’tfa C*tt*R The placenta or after-birth ; the umbili­ C3 ” ]re • • Ahom word (Shan, he= cal cord. . . :Noun the umbilical cord). 'SWc^l ifisto HtfW ftffal ) I

SftH b *11 ; R5 I To rape ; to speak ill of another. re Ahom word <7dGr Verb 03 fa 1 What. re D itto Pronoun .. 03 *151 ; ; CgtC’tfafl ; fjRl : A certain measure of paddy (a pura or ro Ahom word (Shan, ho Noun <3 ^*11 I 15 seers) ; four bighas of land ; a = a bundle). small package ; a bundle; a stalk of paddy ; the shoot of a tree from the parent trunk, an offshoot.

<711*0 OT ; fa? ; fa I To shoot forth ; to grind; to boast; to Ahom word Verb ro colour. 3^1 1 Weak and stunted in growth. ro D itto

Pronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. , English. dg9 Verb • rai Ahom w ord To leave, to abandon ; to lose; to shine, to glitter. dg9 A djective irtt • rai Ahom word (Shan, hai j j ; c^n i .. Liable to tax ; bent; confirmed invalid ; = b a d ) . p o o r; bad. dg9 t? N oun • rai-ngi Ahom word Raingi, the name of the 3rd lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga. dg9 . . N oun • rai-m it D itto Raimit, the name of the 13th lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga.

J? -rff!'.. N oun • rai-shi-nga .. D itto 8O*r Jlfi 1 .. Raishinga, the name of the 43rd lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga. >& dg” . . Verb • rai-dai D itto C^Tl ; 5RJ To lose • to die. dg 30 234 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 235

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese English. Assamese. English.

dso . . Verb riw Ahom word (Shan, hiw ; ^tTR J ’NR J Wftl 1 • . To be splashed ; to take by force; to =to carry anything carry anything suspended by a string ; suspended by a string). to uproot. Zt~, c£vri• o Noun rak Ahom word (Shan, hak w i A spear , a squirrel. = a spear).

Noun rang Ahom word (Shan, hang

Adjective

Noun s. ; <[$ X-(/Iel X rang-ren D itto I The ground just below the eaves.

-vf . . Verb rang-shao .. Ditto To raise a post. 1 I

c€lS vt9 Verb , . rang-hai .. ! D itto ’Tft i To shout loudly. Noun AR Tan Ahom word (Shan, han 1 " 1 Heat. i = to be hot).

dgoS Verb ran Ahom word . ^5f1 . C«jRl ; ®Rl 1 To be hot; to ring, to cause to sound; to join ; to inform.

D Verb rat Ditto 5 J J ChplY, cn^Eft I.. To be rent asunder, to be severed; to pass through ; to milk ; to remove or press out the entrails. Verb rap D itto Gift s|t^,

<£"6 WJ? . . Noun rap-chap D itto R ftf? i A ring. za f' <•* r' D itto °v nw Dv w Noun r a p - c h a p - Rfsfft 1 A finger-ring. V khap-bai.

d§o Verb ram | Ahom word (Shan, ham CM H i ^ff-R

w ' , («T1, L a )

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. i English. Assamese. English. 1 Ahom word The rising of a heavenly body ; the rota­ W {, W l . . Noun 511 la tion of the earth towards the west. i w >, w i . . Verb iri1 ! la i D itto ®I1 3 I To fasten with lac ; to happen, to occur. Open, unenclosed; naked. v u , vui . . Adjective la D itto ; Kf5&l I

WL Wll . . Noun 5)1-^1 la-ka D itto I A huge serpent with one thousand hands, who is said to be a form of Vishnu, and to hold the earth on his heads. This serpent is the emblem of eternity.

sbfl i vui wi§ . . Noun 5|1~W la-kang Ditto A species of monkey. i An ocean. W1 Wt Noun 511-511 la-la D itto W 5h51 i W1 TV'S . . Noun 5Tl-f51« la-ling D itto i A monkey. , c I True ; next. w i i Adjective 5l1-^§ la-shung D itto ; ’tfc I A thief ; an ill omen ; a peg ; a dwarf ; VUYT1 Noun 5lf^ lak Ahom word (Shan, lak (Vfa J fW R ; ff? ; j C^t<1 I i = a thief). the pestle of a rice-cleaning pedal. To steal; to drag along the ground ; to WVY1 Verb 5lt^ Iak Ahom word (lak = to ; c t o k i 5 <2ffi*t i f M ^ r l i . steal; to drag along shine ; to glitter the ground). I Uncommon, rare ; small in stature. WYV3 . . 1Adjective 5|t^ lak Ahom word ; ^t'SSTl I

Noun 5l1^-f^-W .. lak-ki-jang .. D itto OT'SHl I The lower part of a lence which a man can pass over, but which cattle can not.

Jfot fs^ a l | A chaste woman. VUYVi K?) Noun 5lt^-«d-^1 lak-kha-na .. D itto

9 " s ft^ r i An Ahom era. WYU R Noun iak-ni Ditto ^XO | Prior, before. wyyi wvn . . Adjective lak-thak D itto

The back; the space under a raised Noun «TfS ! lang Ahom word (Shan, lang ; Ut^5| ; • 'Q’fo x5t5f | . = the back; the space platform; a grandson; a jackfruit beneath a house). tree; surface. To lay behind; to clean utensils ; to wS Verb 5|t«x lang Ahom word (Shan, lang ’ tt5 ; f’ RtUflm C«f1 j ^ ti I = to rinse). creep. 238 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ w-8 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 239

Mea n in g s. Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

f t f t I 0 o r Ahom word The back of the palm. M H° Noun lang-mu W l I A vulture. w S OA • • Noun X lang-ta D itto f t f t I A person of the Miri tribe. $ • • Noun X S lang-din D itto ; Hfft I Morality; a grandson. wS Noun lan Ahom word (Shan, lan i = a grandchild). \5«i 5 j 'sya ; ftn

« W f a n i Of former times. WG Adverb .. lan . . , Ahom word 1 *rf«l i One lac. JVR Numeral .. laji . . 1 D itto irftrhF, 'Q’U estate I’Tft

ftftlft ftftfttft I One of the Ahom clans dwelling at Di- WR Noun x \ \ lan- chang- D itto klang. hing, whose duty was to serve as gun­ ners in Ahom Rajas’ time.

Verb lat Ahom word (Shan, lat ^11 } (?it*r5 w l 5 ot^ tI i To speak, to say, to tell; to geld a bull; = to tell; to make to show the way. I straight, a short cut). A statement. WOA TO Noun ■W-’M lat-kham Ahom word ; W l I To say. VtW 'fa Verb lat-kham D itto I

o r To say, to speak. woa Verb lat-kham-lao Ditto i yo vuD wG Verb p f t lap Ahom word (Shan, lat NtX ? ; g jl ; *R1 ; W <11 ; *d ; Sfl I To be out of sight; to hide, to conceal; = to conceal; to to sharpen ; to startle ; to get profit; I to fear. I sharpen). i w Noun lam Ahom word $ f t I The branch of a tree.

w Verb lam Ditto C5^ ; CSTte J g«tAi ft ; I To strain off (a liquid) ; to charm, to fascinate ; to boil in a bamboo vessel; to creep. i VI? Noun f t li jAhom word (Shan, lin

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation . Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

1W11 Gradually thinner. vu Adjective f t li Ahom word C®Tl ; ; fw M ; I Iron ; paper ; a book ; a pill ( in medi­ YUYYI VUYU Noun lik Ahom word (Shan, lik = iron; a book). cine).

lik Ahom word (Shan, lik N f a f t . J,3fl . Swf5T . I To remain at a distance ; to take in ex- vuyyi, Noun I change; to exchange ; to be broken = to exchange). ; b i W i I by pounding; to remain grave, steady; to confess; to tend, to take care of.

e r* . A child. vuyki >o; . . Noun lik-kha Ahom word fcroft I A flint. VUYY1 ID9 . . Noun lik-phai Ahom word (lik = iron, phai = fire). ; C51N . <7it^r. . c^^hri i .. A monkey ; a fisherman, a man of the ling Ahom word (Shan, ling Noun fishing caste ; light, not dark ; the = a monkey). male organ; cattle.

; C ^ ; 531 ; 3W I To adopt; to tame ; to tend cattle. VV%, Vl3S . . Verb ling Ahom word (Shan, ling = to cherish ; to fast­ en up an ox or other animal). c s M k t ■ c*fk%11 Adopted ; tame. h 5k, v 8% . . Adjective ■R®X ling Ahom word ) I The tongue ; a great-grandfather. WK, vtfc . . Noun iin Ahom word (Shan, lin = the tongue). *11 ; '®*ISJ ; C*Rtf?[ I To be united ; joined ; to be suspended ; lin V§tt . . Verb Ahom word (Shan, lin to amuse oneself ; to play ; to rub. = to amuse oneself). er 9 '®lR I The uvula. WR W . . Noun lin-kai Ahom word Ctrl i The uvula or soft palate. gr 9 r Noun lin-kai-chan WR YU WRD D itto J • »tt3 ; Iwl ; Of <1-^5 I A paper ; a letter; a holy book (sastra) ; lit D itto v8<& . . Noun the will; thought; a song in honour of a god.

I A toe or finger nail; a long narrow piece Noun lip Ditto V1?D of split bamboo.

w to ¥tft N11 To dash away breaking the line in one lip Ditto vov Verb corner, to dash across a frontier or boundary, to break bounds.

CWI ; JTftl I Unripe. v8v Adjective lip D itto

31 r o0 242 A HOM— A SS AMESE—■ [_ vu vuvvi W lS ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 243

Parts ; Pronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana^ °f ; tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese, English. Assamese. j English. tV Noun lim Ahom word # 5 | An arrow. vv\% Verb “<7R” lin but pro- D itto 5TR 1 To run. i n o u n c e d “ len .”

*1, • • Noun lu D itto (Rl M t) ■ 1 An elder brother’s wife ; aiMron instru­ ment for digging.

M , w , . . Verb lu Ahom word (Shan, to HH j fvf ; f§>° ; $t<§ j ; To be ruined; to give as a religious act; give as religious act). 1 to tear in two pieces ; to break ; to 1 cancel; to flee. wt w § Noun lu-phang Ahom word (lu = to flee, A Musalman. phang=a foreigner).

VlU Noun lu Ahom word '5Tfa 5 I . . The shraddha ceremony; a weaver’s shuttle ; an arm (the limb); the spur of a cock ; an enclosure. vu or Verb lu D itto ; 'S’R 3 J ctM ; <7R I To become reconciled ; to be at the head, to take precedence; to suck, to enclose.

VI? <$v . . Noun lu-nai Ditto c’Kt i A father’s sister. luk Ahom word (Shan, luk WWfe? Noun A child ; a room ; a bud; a boy whose = a child; a room). ^ a i i father is unknown; a suffix denoting the ablative case.

VUVVI Verb luk Ahom word «R ; 1 To kindle a fire ; to happen. w w ysy> . . Noun luk-khring .. D itto A wall with openings having interstices like net-work. ! vuwi Wer q Verb luk-ngin-di ,. D itto

vuvvi w y$ luk-phu-ai .. Ahom word (luk =» a & & Noun C*ff 1 The eldest son of a family. i child, phu = male, ai = the eldest).

vuvvi vS . . Noun q’F-’rft luk-man Ahom word ( luk = a C’tl, I A son. child ; man = he).

wvv vulS . . Noun luk-leng Ahom word ’tftWt CVRtH CV$1 I A walled room. [ VtryVi u O vfa v n ;, ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 245 244 AHOM—ASSAMESE—

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. Assamese, E nglish. words. speech. Assamese. ! English.

I A daughter. Noun luk-neng . . ! Ahom word (luk = a vuvri . ! child, neng=female).

Large, great. Adjective lung .. Ahom word (Shan, lung I = g re a t).

A father’s elder brother. i Ahom word fasfa, I Wo . . Noun fa§-fa3 lung-chao . . i 1 Impotent. c r 9 D itto ^TtWl I vifa Wo w Adjective i « 3 < § -far lung-cheu-tai w «n i To be brimful. Verb lun D itto i sspftm ■, c*t^ i Late born, born la s t; last.. Adjective lun Ahom word (Shan, lun vttS ’ ^x =late born, born last). I Afterwards, Ahom word

I Afterwards. VUG w S . . Adverb lun-lang .. j Ditto . ifRfa «(5l | To endure, to bear ; to mix or make soft lut .. i Ditto \ 7 7 Verb i by trampling down by a child.

5PW I A lump of flesh. Ktevi . Noun lut-put D itto Ahom word (Shan, lup). 515 } fad s ; W l ; CTrh ; C«R fa 51 I To rub, to plaster ; to guild, to overlay, Verb lup daub ; to lay thatch on.

Air, wind. liim Ahom word (Shan, liim). I Noun ^x o Ahom word (Shan, lum ’fa 5 ; fafafa 5f5 ; To fall; to fill i n ; to sink one’s leg into VU Verb lum mud ; to smooth; to forget. = to fill in) fafafa I ( Smooth; all, entire, complete ; loose, j Ahom word (Shan, lum ffaw ; fast'Vl, 5 CSTfaTl I w Adjective CJSJ lum not tight. =complete). A sharp pain in the heart. lum-shi Ahom word I Ws? ^ W Noun

I A sharp pain in the belly. Noun lum-she-u-ka D itto 246 AHOM—ASSAMESE— f WV^ VlAcV' J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 247

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of Meanings. speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. i English. i vu^vS Verb lui Ahom word i To lean. Noun le D itto C55R | The cork of an oil-pot. Verb c*t p e Ahom word (Shan, le= C5W£ ; I to lick). To lick ; to wipe dry.

cJwr v9 ozvuf Adverb .. j le-pai-le-ma Ahom word Backwards and forwards. c/vvr w £ . . Noun le-phang Ditto ; SI^PTR I A Musalman, a Muhammadan. ‘Avt Noun Io Ahom word (Shan, lo »RI ; *ft

! Verb VI^WI lek Ahom word (Shan, Iuk I . To select. = to select).

: Numeral .. leng <£R> | Ahom word (Shan, , The number 1. niing).

! Adjective c^ts leng ^ b r l } cu«fi i Ahom word (Shan, liing i Yellow • sprightly, lively. i i = yellow). i i ; i Article .. leng ^fWS! faW ('Nfe'k ) I Ahom word i The indefinite article, a, an. 1 ! Noun leng-dan D itto o5i'S^5HI 7f«rti5? i j Lengdan, the lord of the earth. i i vdLS Verb len ^13; 5fSJ \ j Ahom word (Shan, lun To be slightly purified; to make, to = alter). i construct. i vdLS Adjective ^3l | C®R len Ahom word Not fresh, slightly putrifled

Vtflji Adverb .. len D itto W , I ; Afterwards, after, VljltM Noun let Ahom word (Shan, liit I j Blood. = blood). 248 AHOM— ASSAMESE—■ [ vJLoa H?or ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 249 i Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of words. Assamese. | tion of phrases, etc. speech. English. ! Assamese. English. 1 Adjective o. 1let Ahom word " i '5^5 I . . Hot. vJtv Noun lep D itto O f I An island.

W L vvS .. Noun lep-mung Ahom word (lep = an An island country. island, m ung = a country). vJLv . Noun lep-din Ahom word (lep = an i An island earth. island, din=an earth). w 9 Noun lai Ahom word (Shan, lai A letter ; paper ; a book ; saliva; a line. = a book). w Verb lai Ahom word (Shan, lai ■, i *|1 ; gstft I To flow, as w ater; to m ingle; to chase ; = to mingle). to come again. 1 1 w 9 Adjective lai Ahom word (Shan, lai ; »tW ; 1 Many; all; stout, fat; variegated. = variegated). w 9 Adverb lai Ahom word 1 Again. w 9 t?

Wo6 c i Adjective liw Ahom word (Shan, liw . -5^ | .. ! Cunning ; one-sided, inclining to one = a single thing). side ; pointed ; alone.

32 AHOM—ASSAMESE— 2 5 0 A ’ l ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 251

P ronunciation . Parts ! Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. j tion of phrases, etc. i speech. Assamese. English [ English. 1 Assamese.

Noun liw-kham Ahom word I 1 A kind of plant. : liw-ngin Ditto vSo Noun sprl i A kind of plant.

i lak D itto Noun W * ; 1 An udder ; the heart. lak Ahom word (Shan, lak Vl^VVl . . ! Verb ; 5t®i c ^ ri} . cMfe jpn i To skin, to strip off the peel or rind; to = to strip off the peel frighten ; to transform. or rind ; to frighten). i lak-pin Ahom word (lak = to W.W . Verb V >> CTITj ’PTl ; 1 To transform, to make. transform, pin = be­ come).

l&ng Vl^ Noun X .. i Ahom word 5^ j c5,

Verb lang Ahom word (Shan, l&ng ’ll I To go down, to float down. = to go down, to float i down). ! Adjective lang : Ahom word (Shan, a i Wide open. | hole). xrS cva . . Verb lang-ti ?. ! Ahom word 'BJtlX ’it? 1 To wager, to bet.

Verb lan Ditto Sffa ; CW lW 1 To mix paddy ; to unfasten, to loosen.

lan .. ' D itto D Adjective I Ugly. i WK Adverb lan .. ; D itto Wff® I At a word, on the word. t> i r !i WOA . , , Noun lat . . ; Ahom word ( Shan, lSt WCl J Cat’ll 1 A piece of reed round which thread is =the quill of a shut­ wound for carrying in a shuttle, the 's tie). quill of a shuttle ; a knot of hair tied on the top of the head.

W . . ■Verb lat Ahom word ! TO 1 To wipe. Adjective Ahom word (Shan, lat lat $5 5 1 Short, low ; insincere. =short, low). w V Verb lap Ahom word (Shan, lap- ^*11 I To talk without regard to truth or pro­ lip = to act or speak priety. like a buffoon). 252 AHOM—ASSAMESE— EA wo 9^ J] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 253

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of i tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. 1 English. : Assamese. English. 1 Verb lam . . j Ahom word I .. To be suspended. Noun lam-kho Ditto I .. The back of the neck.

i Verb l a n ( p r o ­ Ahom word (Shan, lun I .. To swim. nounced loi) ==to swim).

9 C vtrvr, i Verb I in ( p r o - Ahom word . . To join company with ; to swim. nounced loi) wg J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 255 254 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ Wl

(51, S h a).

Meanings. Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Assamese. i English, Ahom of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. ; bfiM ; • OTN I A slipper ; a single bamboo used as a ladder in climbing trees ; well-being ; Noun .. i sha Ahom word (Shan, hsa W 4, Wl . . = a single bamboo sorrow. I used as a ladder in climbing trees ; well­ being). To fry ; to remain ; to spread ; to make Ahom word i noise. W '■>, Wl . . Verb 5i sha I I i Good-looking ; other. D itto W !, w i .. Adjective 51 , . j sha ; ^ f l R I : To make an offering, to make a present j of with proper ceremony. Verb 51-^1 . . sha-na D itto I W f C^

ggl ; ^* '1 I : Impure, ceremoniously unclean ; bright, D itto 'iVvvi Adjective 5f^ .. shak i brilliant.

1 An Ahom clan called “ Malakhubacha.” . r r i Ahom word (Shan = to C*l*i i vtfw VO Noun . . 1 shak-khao 0 i select, khao = rice). i i A platform ; a god, a spirit; misery , a Noun .. ! shang , Ahom word (Shan, negative particle. hsang = a Brahma). I

-ft I To give information, to instruct; to ! Verb 5t« . . shang . lAhom word (Shan, hsang=to give infor­ stretch out hands ; to know. mation, to instruct). qfif I ! If. Conjunction .. 1shang Ahom word D itto I If. VI Conjunction 5f« shang ’rfa I A black-board. iV-g r? V . . • Noun .. ! shang-bung. D itto 2562 5 6 AHOM----ASSAMESE---- [ wt; ■tV T^V Vtl ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 257

1 Parts ; P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. o f h ! tion of phrases, etc. speech. i Assamese. English. Assamese. English. ------’ ------—.. ■ ------

Wk Noun shan Ahom word i A cloth girdle.

Verb ^R shan Ahom word (Shan. ; TW ? ; 'RR ; I To shake; to be scattered; to throw hsan=to shake). off ; to weave.

vVr oar Noun VR-^R shan-tan Ahom word C5RR I A terrace, a courtyard.

•r r

WOA Verb vre ' shat . . i Ahom word (Shan, hsat 5R 1 To collect. = to be crowded).

w'p Noun shap Ahom word R^R R^R I The edge of water.

RV Verb shap D itto ^«I1 f*R 1 To learn to speak.

iV . . ' Noun

Numeral . . ^R sham Ahom word (Shan,hsam fR v I The number three. —three). i Ahom word (Shan, hsan OTRR R R ; R • ^R 1 tV . . Verb VR | sham \ 7 7 x To ask for again; to give weight, to = to be defeated). press ; to be defeated. i Adjective ?R sham Ahom word 1 Three ; good.

Numeral .. ^R-R^' ! sham-ship . . D itto 1 The number 30.

Numeral .. sham-ship-kao Ditto 1 The number 39.

vr* 1?(VA Numeral .. ^R-T§RCR> .. sham-ship-pet D itto 'SIftRR 1 The number 38.

iV v$V Vt?w\ Numeral .. sham-ship-chit Ditto i The number 37. I vt w p j Numeral .. sham-ship-ruk D itto i The number 36.

O ; Q r O . W WP tV . . Numeral .. • • sham-ship- D itto 1 The number 33. sham

'iV y $ v . . 1 Numeral .. RH-R r R • •• sham-ship-shi D itto 1 The number 34.

• > e <"* w w p VO . . i Nuiheral .. ^R-RR5« •• sham-ship- Ditto | shang The number 32.

N u m e ra l . . , ^R-fWI ■ • i sham-ship-ha i D itto 'iV y9v m i . . R if ^ i The number 35.

33 258 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ vV vpv YrW vi?yvi, h\ vi] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 259

Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Vk' VyR vflOA Numeral .. sham-ship-it Ahom word I .. s The number 31. i w0 Noun .. ' T5 shi Ahom word (Shan, hsi ; The tooth of a rake ; a suffix giving a j = the tooth of a rake). I participial force to a word used as a ’ : verb ; a particle optionally added to i 1 the imperative. I W • . ! Numeral . . shi Ahom word (Shan, hsi I i The number four. =the number four). i

H? Verb shi Ahom word , ^<11 J 5 ?Th5 CTW *1 1 To fill up ; to be full; to break ; to rub mud on the body (by a child).

w9 Adjective shi D itto 1 Pour in number.

Noun .. s shi-ki-a-phu- 1 Vi? vvn YfilUA. 1 Ditto God (the Ahoms used to call God “ Shi- khru kiaphukhru ” at the beginning). i W0 YVitf 00 Adjective shi-kling Ditto ’Slftl 1 Half. l Vy Ykl{$ X>1 Noun shi-kip-kha .. D itto ^F 1 The groins.

Numeral .. shi-ship Ditto 1 The number forty.

■M? VyV \ y{ Numeral .. i shi-ship-kao Ditto I The number forty-nine.

V? Vi?{? iSm Numeral . . i shi-ship-pet D itto 1 The number forty-eight. i W vi?v woa ' Numeral . . i shi-ship-chit D itto i The number forty-seven.

Vi? vi?v Numeral ,. > shi-ship-ruk,. D itto 1 .. i The number forty-six.

Numeral . . | shi-ship-sham D itto Os5f?^ I .. ' The number forty-three. WV Vkh . i vv vi?{5 vi?. . ! Numeral . . : shi-ship-shi . . D itto i .. The number forty-four.

vi? vi?v . ; Numeral ... shi-ship-shang D itto i The number forty-two.

vyvyp0 0 VII. • Numeral . . shi-ship-ha Ditto i The number forty-five.

v^ vrv Numeral . . shi-ship-it . . D itto The number forty-one.

vy Verb shi-dai Ahom word ( shi = to ? 1 To be destroyed. break; dai=to get). i r~ VJ?YU, Vk YU . . Noun i shik Ahom word (Shan, hsik 5 <4f^1 1 A dirty place ; a place where rubbish is = to .tear). thrown ; a slice.

VyYV. . Verb f^F shik Ahom word To lose one’s good look. 260 AHC)M—ASSAMESE— [ Wt Wl] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 261

" i Parts P ronunciation. 1 Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese, i English. i Noun shing Ahom word ’WTft J ; »pff ; 5PH I i Sarasvati, the goddess of learning ; voice, i | sound, a word.

Noun T^ST>§ “CVS” shing but pro- Ditto I A ray of light. n o u n c e d “ sheng.”

Verb shing Ahom word ( Shan

Adjective cv® sheng Ahom word i Holy. vrg Numeral . . i sheng D itto I Ten thousand.

TV'S W1 Wt Noun sheng-kam-pha D itto Shengkampha is the third son of God. He has the charge of eight lacs of thunder. i

h w i w i Noun sheng-pho-la- D itto fKFF) I A man of Singpho tribe. i 9 ring-gam

IO1: Noun sheng-cho-pha Ditto Shengchophaphakham is the second son i pha-kham of God. He is the king of serpents. WJ 1% 1 Wl I i Ditto d I A needle. Yr'S D . Noun sheng-rat vu^ . . Noun sheng-lung .. D itto I A lion.

Noun sheng-dao . . Ditto C^S^'t'S CW5^ WteFFl OlW \5t

•VTK, vyR . . i oun .. i shin Ahom word (Shan, hsin CTC«M1 J ; (TW l ; SRSf I A female’s undercloth, a petticoat; one = a petticoat • a reli­ shot (of a gun) • tribute ; virtue, a gious duty). religious duty.

o r gr To uproot. WK, VrH . . Verb j i shin Ahom word I

o r g r 9 Ditto A cloth adorned with gold stars. W R "UOA W Noun i 1^-fMpftt- i shin-bit-Iai- f ° i dao-kham i r c v i Noun shit Ditto j ’ n l I A promise ; the jute-plant.

0 r W O A « . Verb Sb' shit D itto i To deliver.

'sifsFVfa I To promise. W I . . Verb ! S^-'5l shit-cha D itto 14^, >^Lor ] 262 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ Vi?V ENGLISH DICTIONARY 263

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. I ship Numeral . . Ahom word (Shan, hsij I The number ten. . i = the number ten). i ! 0 r w p Verb ship Ahom word (Shan, hsip ft? I To transfix, to impale. = to impale).

W Adjective T^! i ship Ahom word tf? I Ten in number.

V|?U w f . . Numeral . . fe-T fS j ship-kao D itto 3 5 ^ | The number nineteen.

Vk'U w f Adverb . . ship-phao . . D itto , , 5Th® i Seven times.

Numeral . . ship-pet D itto 'sfo I The number eighteen. a a Numeral .. f^-fW ship-chit D itto I The number seventeen. v9v <^Sw Numeral . . ship-ruk D itto CTfa I The number sixteen.

WV Vk* Numeral .. ship-sham .. D itto i The number thirteen. w p Vi^ Numeral .. ship-shi D itto CI?N I The number fourteen.

V^V K> Numeral . . ship-shang .. D itto I The number twelve.

XL Numeral .. fv K i ship-ha D itto C W J I The number fifteen. vy{? VnOA Numeral .. ship-it D itto I The number eleven. v M Numeral .. shin but pro- ; D itto I One lac, one hundred thousand. n o u n c e d | “ shen.” | I To shout. vp\% Verb shen .. ! D itto * * Very good, very important; over-sunned shen . . I I Adjective D itto (of rice). I e©*i i^ r i The sand-martin. ■M/vS vS^ • • Noun shen-mun .. D itto ; ^51 j CPtSfl ; ; 'Stf’f’R ; j A tiger; a piece of cloth spread under a v^, w V . . Noun shu-shuw Ahom word (Shan, hsiiw ; (?FH I seat; a coat; gift; arrival; gain ; a = a tiger ; to spread wish ; a stitch in sewing. a m at; hsu=arrival).

i I To be successful; to feel sorrow; to wb, ' Wt

lVtor • . Adjective I shu or shiiw Ahom word (Shan, hsuw C*tft I Straight, even, level. = straight). 264 AHOM— ASSAMESE •— r VO'S "U01 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 265

P ronunciation. Parts Derivation and explana­ Mbanings; Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese^ English. lAlcf Pronoun .. I shiiw i Ahom word (Shan, hsuw You. s = y o u ). lAltf . . Verb shiiw • Ahom word xi i To proceed forward slowly in darkness, feeling the ground with the feet. vAlor RJYVI . . Noun shiiw-nek D itto fxxfx i A stitch in sewing. iAlor w f . . Noun shiiw-lao Ditto f*fri i A kind of cake.

W ltf YH \ w i Noun VFPpi shu-ka-pha . . 1 Ahom word ( shu = a 'SIWSR

H'lo'vvf 7X1 Noun shu-kai-pha Ahom word (shu = a ^^*¥l 3^3 ’J/SX I C5^ XtS^© Shukaipha was a son of the king Shu- tiger ; kai = to come i ^8 <153 3t^X xfx 33 I khumpha. He died ruling the coun­ across; pha — heaven; try, called Maolung, for 34 years. i.e. a tiger coming i across the heaven). 1i w lo ' 70S 7X11 Noun shu-khan-pha Ahom word ( shu = a ^XtXXl Ufa ^XXtX OT$3 I 0©^ 03^3 Shukhanpha was a son of Chaoaimo- tiger ; khan= an axe; f*^> 3 W ^ ^ R t'Q 'S 3HX Xdxf^X I kh&mjeng. He ruled his father’s king­ pha = heaven; i.e. dom, Mungkhumungjao. an axe-like tiger of heaven).

Wlo"YWK 7X1 Noun shu-kan-pha Ahom word ( shu = a xi xfw^ fx°3 ^fextx I C©^ Shukanpha alias Ramdhvaj Singha was tiger; kan = germ, ori­ 5X3 X31 W 8 5X^X 3t®rX xcx I a brother of Shunyatpha. He ruled gin ; pha = heaven ; Assam from 1672 to 1674 A.D.. i.e. a tiger of heaven origin). wlo" TOR 7X1 Noun shu-khan-pha Ahom word (shu = a gxtxyl cw 35fl ^>xtx i Shukhanpha was a son of Shupatpha, : tiger; khan = an axe; C©^ 3 lW C^M x ft 33 I the king of Taipang. He died ruling pha = heaven; i.e. his father’s kingdom. an axe-like tiger of heaven). lVt© 5X3 X31 53^1 3t^X X'fqfVl I pha = heaven ; i.e. a from 1293 to 1332 A.D. happy tiger of heaven).

34 266 AHOM—ASSAMESE- [ Wlo" VoS UD1 w to " OAoK DO1 J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 267

Pronunciation. Ahom Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Dzlo ' TDI Noun shu - khrang- Ahom word (shu = a Safari ^TfaFl <2t«tX I CS'S Shukhrangpha was the eldest son of the pha. tiger ; khrang = ex­ M3 >'O'!s8 Mfcl W S ^C3 I king Shukhangpha. He reigned from cited ; pha = heaven ; 1332 to 1364 A.D. i.e. an excited tiger of heaven).

•h4,0C K> 101 Noun shu-kham-pha Ahom word ( shu = a W?p (Xt3l Wl, 3®rt3 33 Shukhampha alias Khora Raja was the tiger ; kham — gold ; I CY-§ ^3 t^t >««* M3 331 eldest son of the king Shuklengmung. pha = heaven ; i.e. a He reigned from 1552 to 1611 A.D. golden tiger of heaven). M g*! 3t5?'? ^13 I v/lo~ K^UDl Noun ^-3}s5He1 shu - khrum- Ahom word (shu = a iSRyt faft^tM ’JpM5 I OS'S fa$ 3tSjJ 3tS- Shukhrumpha was a son of Niphamao. pha. tiger ; khrum = a lad­ «Jj§3 'Nffal ^srl^s 8> 333 3t§n 3^3 He was king of his father’s country der ; pha = heaven ; ^ 3 3 I Maolung, and died after a reign of 41 i.e a ladder like tiger years. of heaven).

Wlor w i Noun shu - khrung- Ahom \tford ( shu = a g5?Wl WC5F W ’R?, 5M ^ 35ft3 043 I Shukhrungpha alias Rudra Singha was pha. tiger ; khrung = furi­ OS'S NtC^lY w l 33^13 fa33*5 'srtigt^S fcp the eldest son of Gadhadhar Singha. ous ; pha = heaven ; 03t3 ’Sltfal I CS^ ^?3t1>8 M^3 3fs?3 ^ f a r I heaven). 1714 A.D.

Wlor r(E toi Noun g-CM-31 sun-nen-pha Ahom word (shu = a ^CTWl w 0®W fa?, falfas Wfa Ykw I Shunenpha alias Pratap Singha was a tiger; nen — beautiful; OS'S ^3t

v/l ^ 8 Bhagania Raja was the eldest son of la — open ; i.e. a tiger Nariya Raja. He ascended the throne of an open place). *FgI I in 1654, and died in 1663 A.D. During ^ P r k i his reign Mirjumla invaded Assam.

Wlor o^uoi Noun shu-tu-pha .. Ahom word (shu = a tiger; tu = animal; pha Shutupha was a brother of Shukhram- = heaven; i.e. a tiger ^ b t < r M i pha. He reigned from 1364 to 1376 animal of heaven). A.D.

Wlo" w

oa £ w i Noun <-^3-31 shu-tan-pha Ahom word ( shu = a tiger ; tan = born ^1 33?r< I Shutanpha alias Siva, oiagh vas the pha = heaven; i.e. a C^Q > n 8 T 8 8 U^br W I eldest son of Rudra Singha. i e ruled heaven-born tiger). from 1714 so 1744 A.D. 1 268 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ W itf W1 Wlor W1 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 269

Parts Pronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. v/Lor vcm io i Noun shu-pat-pha Ahom word ( shu = a Shupatpha alias Gadadhar Singha was the eldest son of Gobar Raja, a des­ tiger ; pat = a club ; W * i cpfl ^tf« pha 5= heaVen ; i.e. a cendant of the Tungkhungia line of 5*F© I club like tiger of the royal family. He ascended the heaven). throne after dethroning Lara Raja in 1681 A.D., and died in 1695 A.D.

W lo'v’ U01 Noun shu-pim-pha Ahom word ifWI *1^ I c©^ ^rN h Shupimpha was a son of Shukhampha. 5^© >s;n u^r© I He ascended the throne in 1493, and died in 1497 A.D.

M/lo ' 1©1 Noun x sliu-pang-pha D itto 3srt w wsrfa i Shupangmung alias Chakradhvaj was a 5^3 Wl TJOI Noun shu-pat-pha D itto §>*r5*Fl <2F®^ I ‘ Pt^t^T Shupatpha was a son of Shu-Chaopha. TR ^ 1 I He succeeded his father and ruled Maolung for 27 years. <^^Fl Of*K Wl 5Mt<§^ *3J^F Wlo" v 0oa w i Noun shu-pat-pha D itto Shupatpha was a son of Phuchangkhang, I the king of Taipang.

Shuphakpha was a son of the king w tcf 1DVM Noun shu-phak-pha D itto Shujangpha. He ascended the throne > 8 ^ >8©a in 1422 A.D., and died in 1439 A.D. I TVlo" T7K 101 Noun shu-bin-pha Ahom word ( shu — a ^Pnyl gc5^¥l w H <^ ^ < f i cs^q Shubinpha was the eldest son of the tiger ; bin=to fly ; pha king Shuteupha. He ruled his father’s = heaven; i.e. flying u^3 *W Pt^tsFJ C©W kingdom from 1281 to 1293 A.D. tiger of heaven). I

Wlo~ wt5 ioi Noun shu-jang-pha Ahom word ( shu = a W 3 i c©^ tft > 8 o 8** 5 ^ i throne in 1407 A.D., and died in 1422 g littering tiger of A.D. heaven). vVlo" i$ti -voi Noun shu-jin-pha Ahom word (shu = a Shujinpha succeeded Gobar Raja. He tiger; jin = cold; pha W^r w i i c©^ descended from the Dihingia line of =heaven; i.e. a tiger fc w ^rtf^ i c^s ^>° ^ s the royal family. He reigned from from cold heaven). *R1 w b i I 1674 to 1677 A.D. Wlor W§ toi Noun shu-ching-pha Ahom word ( shu — a Shuchingpha was the eldest son of the tiger; ching=the high­ ^IF©^ I cs'S king Shurampha. He ruled Assam est layer or part; pha from 1652 to 1654 A.D. = heaven, i.e. a tiger from the highest part of heaven). 1 W lff V&K 101 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 270 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ v/t

Meanings. Ahom Parts Pronunciation. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. j English. Assamese English. iV'lo' Wo~ IO1 N oun £-Ut®-*Fl shu-chao-pha Ahom word ( shu = a g-Ut'S-’Fl W * *3C®^ | 0®§ Shuchaopha was the eldest son of the tiger ; ch&o = g r e a t; I kihg Shuhenpha. He died after a pha = heaven; i.e. a reign of 32 years. great tiger of heaven).

§ p w i w ^fcspsft fa^ , ^:h w ( w fa W w i lVlo' d6r 101 N oun shu-rem-pha Ahom word ( shu = a Shurem pha alias Rajeswar Singha was a brother of the king Shunenpha. He tiger; rem=border; 0®$ uhh *fa| >T!»a unbi ruled the country (Assam) from 1751 pha = heaven, i.e. a Htsr5 | to 1769 A.D. tiger from the border of heaven). Hl ®5f1 ^Ht*>«* UH® Mft I the throne in 1649, and died in 1652 tiger; ram = shining ; A.D. pha = heaven; i.e. a shining tiger of heaven).

w * e ®ih1 w l, stsi'ofSr bptf^ i c®5 Shulikpha alias Lara Raja descended Wlor VUW IO1 N oun shu-lik-pha.. Ahom word ( shu = a i'b is UHH ’tHl i'fVO UH^l W $ ^CH I from the Chamaguri line of the royal tiger ; lik = iron ; pha family. He reigned from 1679 to — heaven; i.e. an iron 1681 A.D. like tiger of heaven).

h^h Shulippha was the eldest son of Shuhao- vAor 1O1 N oun shu-lip-pha .. Ahom word pha. He reigned for 41 years. H^spS 4W I

^<§5p1 hI ^ r t f HtHfal Hl «t®t*l fa s , ^H tft Shushenpha alias Buddhiswarganarayan i/lo"i/l'S ioi Noun shu-sheng-pha Ahom word (shu = a UH® fa^tHH® 'NtH3 i^8» UH® alias Pratap Singha ascended the tiger ; sheng = holy ; throne in 1611, and died in 1649 A.D. pha = heaven ; i.e. a SS I holy tiger of heaven). j^H ^I ’3j®Hf I c®^ isosuH H ’fHl Shushenpha was a son of Shuphakpha. W V 101 Noun shu-shen-pha Ahom w ord >8^ unbi W$ i He reigned from 1439 to 1488 A.D.

^Cdp^F) 'SHW fa s, HtW^H fa s s ® tw I Shuneupha alias Lakshmi Singha was a W lo' vt>r 101 N oun shu-neu-pha . Ahom word (shu = a

^^pl w ^rctlw, ^«5$s ®tm i S hunatpha alias Udayaditya was a bro­ N oun Wloc via* io i shu nat-pha.. Ahom word c®$ >*»i« uh® fasten® ,«rhss ther of ShupSngmung. He ascended the throne in 1670 and died in 1672 UH® SS I A.D.

J^HVl *3?®^ I <*T$ S« H5H Ht^3« Shu&npha was son of ShupStpha. He ■vyV iftK io i N oun shu-an-pha D itto CH*f ’ttHH ’FCH I ruled the country Maolung for 23 years. 272 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ mV MR ie i m$ , ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 273

Parts Pronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. mV Mr i©i N oun shu-han-pha Ahom w ord Shutanpha was son of Shushenpha. He TO5 >8S® R® | ascended the throne (of Assam) in 1488, and died in 1493 A D .

53p5

cftfftft ■f’RS, f w *3^ 1 mV m1b-« 5H® ft^'t^H® 'Nft was a son of Lakshrni Singha. He as­ ■uoi cended the throne in 1780 and died in i IS i CT® 1 C®«^ ftn® ft®W 1795. During his reign the second CTfUfttfelft 1 Moamaria insurrection took place.

*lt5® | § M1 V M§ . . N oun shu-hung .. Ahom word ( shu = a Shuhung succeeded Shuklanpha. He ft? tiger ; hung = re­ W 5 TO 1 C® S DtH'-'afN br>H 1 descended from the Chamaguri line of nowned ; i.e. a re­ the royal family. He ruled for a nowned tiger). month and a half.

^§5$ ftftfftl Wt ^ft5!- Shuhungmung alias Dihingia Raja alias mV mJS v tS N oun shu - hung- Ahom word ( shu = a m ung tiger ; hung = re­ TO *35®^ 1 c®'3 >8 Si 5^5 f t’^tTH® Swarganarayan was the eldest son of nowned ; mung = TO5 >«®S W® I Shupimpha. He ascended the throne country; i.e. a tiger (of Assam) in 1497, and died in 1539 of renowned country). A.D. ^ t w l *31®^ 1 C®'3 >s TO mV Mf UOI N oun shu-hao-pha Ahom w ord Shuhaopha was the eldest son of Shuhin­ 0 W 3« "tPH TO 1 pha. He ruled Maolung for 19 years.

*3p©^ i

^5t«¥l f ts ’fW’R *3?®^ 1 Shudangpha alias Bamunikuur was a mV k& io i N oun shu-dang-pha D itto (Ta'S >®Sfr ’W > 8 o 1 son of Taokhamthi. He ruled Assam *ITOTO 1 from 1398 to 1407 A.D.

or o Ahom word ( shu = a WO 1O1 Noun shu-doi-pha ^1 Wl, W® wl 1 Shudoipha alias Parbatia Raja succeeded tiger; doi = a hill • pha C®-3 >1,11 ENR *R1 >O1» W 3 TO 1 Shujinpha. He reigned in Assam = heaven ; i,e. a hill from 1677 to 1679 A.D. like tiger of heaven).

;

«rtwft srt3?. <3W« ftft i A thriving m a n ; a piece of bamboo for M $, M'S . . N oun shung Ahom word digging a hole.

CSfR1 j ; ft I To supply regularly; to be born; to M & . Verb shung Ahom word (Shan, take away ; to offer. hsung = to employ). 35 274. AHOM—ASSAMESE— D'J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 275

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

D $ Adjective shung Ahom word (Shan, '3*1 I High. hsung = high). C'S?S^1 ; ; fihfl I D

J 3TtT5H | A garden ; money saved up from a long d 'I r Noun 1=1 shun i Ahom word (Shan, hsun = a garden). time. fihn I YVlJq . . Noun shun-kun Ahom word The rump or buttocks. <5|f5f I The top of the head. d ' r Noun shun-ru Ditto

, f' WO or . . Noun shun-liw Ditto ^s ft I The chin. Ahom word (Shan, hsut ^«Tl ; NtC^l I A curtain; sufficiency. ** ■ Noun shut = a curtain).

I To be ended. D'j d j D jd . . Verb shut Ahom word (Shan, hsut = to be ended). ^1, osrffl i Sufficient. D'lD, d J . . Adjective §>T> shut Ahom word d J Noun shup Ahom word (Shan, hsup I The mouth. = the mouth).

Ahom word *ft°; ’ttfure c5W . osfWft To raise; to take out water with a bas­ & Verb I t shup «i i ket ; to separate the coarse from the finer, as of grain, etc., by shaking in a basket.

3 < |W I The face. ■%v m Noun I t" ^ shup-na Ditto t?0r . . Verb shup-mu Ditto 5(CH

Noun shum D itto <£«1 j I An acid fruit; a bamboo fishing instru­ I s! ment.

Verb shum D itto ’t o sfa j (3t*r 5 w *rl 5 w To throw a kind of basket to catch fish ; & 1 to deny a debt; to go by force; to solder. 276 AHOM—ASSAMESE— W9] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 277

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Adjective shum Ahom word (Shan, hsum C5(§1 1 Sour. = sour).

Noun shun but pro- Ahom word 1 Tribute n o u n e e d shui.

Verb As above D itto ft?*ri i To envy.

Adjective 'S’t

Verb 0? she Ahom word (Shan, hse Nfasfa j Sftft CW lftl j & |ft ; ^3«1 I To pin, to peg; to unfasten a bar at­ = to thrust in ; a bolt, tached to something ; to eructate ; to a crossbar). excite.

‘A l'l Noun 5 sho Ahom word I A complainant; a complaint. Vivi Verb sho Ditto R5 f t ; 1 To bake earthen vessel to harden them ; to complain.

■vvW Verb sheng Ahom w ord (^Shan, g r i ; ^ tl i To hide, to speak. hsung = to hide). w lb Adjective sheng Ahom word *lftai 1 Holy. w9 Noun shai Ahom word (Shan, hsai <7^ ; ®r

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. English* ! Assamese. Assamese. English. ! W9 YnS. . 1Noun shai-kham-an Ahom word (TTt^ I A sacred thread of gold. w9 t? . . ; Noun shai-ni Ditto I The navel. TV’ R Adjective shai-ni D itto I I Distant. vV9 lo t uor D itto Noun ^-5p1-C^-^8 s h a i - p h a - | The name of a deity. wj$ § «Pl phreu-lung- ngam.

w9 w lS Noun shai-cheng- Ahom word ( s h a i = < I Thread of air, Vayus. mung. thread; cheng=a god ; mung = country ; i.e. thread of air, the Vayus).

■vV9 4<£r ix>\ Noun shai-re-pha- Ahom word The another name of Lengdan. X c ^ \§ ^ ( wS % \5tS( shang-dam. !

W

Wcf, Wor . . Numeral .. St'S shao Ahom word I The number twenty.

Wcf, . Verb ^bs shao Ahom word (Shan, hsaw six j h j • ?rwf^ To punt a boat; to remain in one place, = to dwell). to stop, to tarry, to dwell; to moisten; I to shampoo the body to relieve pain ; to be mouldy ; to enter. Adjective Ahom word W , iVor ^f® shao Pullgrown ; moisten ; mouldy. Wif w r Numeral ,. ^f®-^t® shao-kao D itto o 1 The number nineteen. shao-kho Ditto Wcf f/ysi . . Verb 5t®-*l cvo . . Noun ^b®-T> shao-to D itto D I CHtTl I A prop. Wor vS Noun shao-pang .. D itto ^bs-’fiig ^ 1 I A kind of post. N um eral.. shao-pet D itto ^bQ-c’te r The number eighteen. ,r o shao-chit D itto W> w m . . N u m eral.. ^t®-TUT> c*rt^ i The number seventeen. shao-ruk D itto w f c£c>yy1 . . Numeral .. (TTfa I The number sixteen. shao-leng D itto ■V^f vtft§ . . Numeral .. ^bs-CT® I The number eleven. r shao-sham .. D itto Numeral .. ^ t® -^ I The number thirteen. 280 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ v^>vr Wog] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 281

Parts Pronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

N um eral .. shao-shi Ahom word

V»ir VO N u m e ra l.. shao-shang .. D itto I The number twelve. iYpr v&f . . Verb ^t'8-C ^ shao-sheu .. D itto R I To hold.

Vi? Wof N oun shao-ai-shao- D itto ’ It^t I A post at the lower part of a roof just ngi. above the eaves. w r Verb sheu Ahom word (hsau = to ftWl ; CTtsfl ■ I To take away; to enter ; to insert. insert). w r A djective sheu Ahom word (Shan, hsau ftl'Sfft I Transparent, clear. = c le a r).

Verb sheu-heng .. Ahom w ord SR | To use, to make use of.

VVr Vt?K N oun sheudin D itto c«t?i i A kind of play.

N oun C

Verb C^sf-Sf shem-jo D itto Iw l 5RR I Not to think ; to be without anxiety. i v&f N oun f t ^ shiu but pro- Ahom word (Shan, hsiw brer; 0f5ft I | Army ; a chisel. n o u n c e d = a chisel). “ sheu.”

Verb 'S’PR ffR As above .. Ahom word R ; *rl I To catch hold of, to hold ; to proceed lying on the back, as a boat.

Verb shiw D itto SftftF f t I To dry paddy by applying heat.

Vkor A djective ft*§ shiw D itto (M'5l I . Pointed. v9o yfio v i Verb c^'S-W'S-^ll • • sheu-ao-ma .. D itto SR ; Sfft ’STtH I . To capture.

«rftl I . | A Sal-tree. 1^0 W OARb N oun sheu-cham-tun D itto

V4tvri N oun shak Ahom word (Shan, hs§,k , 5 ftft< | ■, I . The elbow ; a calumniator, a backbiter ; = a cubit). a corner.

View V erb shak Ahom w ord R l ; fts p f ; SR' ; ftstfl ^R I To sharpen ; to rebuke, to reproach.

N oun shang Ahom word (Shan, <3tt5t« 5 Wl ; W I . A piece of pointed bamboo for digging hsang=a kind of bas­ earth ; a cage ; a white ant. ket). i1 36 282 AHOM—ASSAMESE— HOd ] English dictionary. 283

P ronunciation. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. w s Verb shang Ahom word (Shan, ftrft5? j ft} w»r r i To glitter ; to give out light; to illumin­ hsang=to glitter). ate.

H § , w . . Numeral .. shang Ahom w ord (hsang= i The number two. the number two).

Wf . . Numeral . . ^g-^hs shang-shao .. Ahom word The number forty.

Vlf vurD Numeral .. shang-shao- Ditto i The number forty-nine. kao. , c' T o r' vioU Wo Numeral .. shang -shao- D itto 1 The number forty-eight. pet

"wf vo&\ Numeral . . shang-shao- D itto i The number forty-seven. chit. 1t W>£ w>r c£ vvi Numeral .. shang-shao- ! Ditto R ufes i The number forty-six. ruk.

Wot; "HA'S Numeral .. shang-shao- D itto 1 The number forty-one. leng. w £ W.r iV Numeral .. shang-shao- D itto The number forty-three. sham.

H § Wif id? Numeral .. shang-shao-shi D itto 1 The number forty-four.

Wo§ w f Wo£ Numeral shang-shao- D itto i The number forty-two. shang.

H'S H r wi Numeral .. shang-shao-ha D itto i The number forty-five. , r WoE Noun shan D itto ^11 j

>fi>E Verb shan D itto ’fti, f t t n ; ; 5fft r ft ■, (?l W Sffa 5 To cause to learn ; to teach; to use a Rft j Fft I jakai (a bamboo scoop used in catch­ ing fish) in water to catch fish; to apply the weight of the body ; to take a handful out of a heap ; to bring to terms and catch hold of; to smooth, to hew.

WoE Adjective shan D itto Pregnant.

WoOA Verb shat D itto (Tift i ft^, ftM I To burn; to spread ; to be noised abroad.

i 284 AHOM—ASSAMESE— Wovf ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 285

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

WoD Verb shap Ahom word T f ftW ft I To play false} tricks and falsehood. 1 w>v Adjective shap D itto I Brimful. i Mt Noun sham Ahom word (Shan, hsam ’TtSfW ; W , ’ffo’t I Things sufficient for one m eal; rice fru­ =rice frumentry). mentry.

Wo Verb sham Ahom word CTbfl ; Ctfcl ; CTtsltWl 5 I To supply regularly; to collect; to transplant paddy seedlings ; to clean, as grain. 1 Adjective V'! sham D itto W I Green ; not pure, vile. 1 Adverb . . sham Ditto w - i In total, in all. i Noun W shoi Ahom word j 5 (TtFtffa ; A long pole with a hook at the end used for seizing and pulling anything ; = a ro p e ; ; (3PR j I betel pepper ; immature jack-fruit; a stirrup ; a kind of ornament; the hair on the neck, mane ; a side.

Verb slioi Ahom word I To poke with the finger ; to pull some­ thing with a hooked stick ; to shake i = to slice) with a stick.

I To cut into small pieces. Verb i shoin Ahom word 286 AHOM— ASSAMESE— [vA W vi^ W ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 287

v t1, (<£|31, N a)

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ words. of i tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

-d , vth. • • Noun na Ahom word (Shan, ya tpPl ;

. . Verb 431 na .Ahom word ^1 . ; fWft ’ll 1 To come in a shoal as fishes - to catch fish while coming in a shoal; to start.

M> $ Wilf wi i, Noun na-kao-ka-hit D itto Csffft' 5F51 I A kind of creeping plant used for medici­ nal purpose. 0 a Ot’Kfolfe 1 A kind of plant. yooA W9 Noun na-khat-shai D itto M l A kind of plant. ',w > • • Noun na-duk D itto 1 Ambrosia. VfcWDW Noun na-pu-lak .. D itto 1 A certain tree (Mechilus adoratissima). V? Noun na-plang-phai D itto 'srf’jj i The poppy, its seed vessel. vt> uo§ . . Noun re na-phang Ditto

w i m i A kind of grass. vi>' iccn . . Noun ^1-frg na-phit D itto ft^*?t *lft^1 I A kind of wild plant. v i J, wrG Noun ^1-ftfe-^ .. na-mit-kup .. D itto f*M=iwsr) J W VI9 Noun na-la-hai D itto • A kind of grass growing in water. vt> J, v f Noun na-shai D itto 1 Hemp. vii,

<431-^5-$ na-ik-nu I Onion. vi i.' YhWI K b Noun Ditto ) 1 0 9 ^rfterftft i A certain medicinal herb. M> ' V1YKI VHd Noun na-hik-koi .. D itto A certain creeper. $ wi9 Noun ha-din-koi .. D itto ^W®F5l 1 na-nu-pet .. A kind of creeper. v&i, Vt^'&V' Noun

i Parts P ronunciation. i Meanings. Ahom of Derivation and explana­ tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese English. Assamese. English.

Verb nak Ahom word To do something unimportant; to cut things while walking. vdvn Adjective nak D itto I Unimportant.

Verb nang Ahom word (Shan, yang ? i To be. = to be).

Adjective nan Ahom word (Shan, han JTCWt*l I All-knowing. = intellect).

Noun hap Ahom word ( Shan, yap I Distress. = to be difficult).

v t v ' Verb hap Ahom word fa i To sew.

Adjective nap D itto i Screened, v tv 5^1 1 i ! Noun ham Ditto ; UttfBfWl J CSift 1 Bell-metal; a beam, the support of a roof ; a kind of hairy caterpillar, the touch of which causes irritation. I I vd Verb 43jX ham Ahom word (Shan, yam CSt’Tl ; ; J>«fa fa’ll ; «I1 1 To chew; to laugh ; to eat something = to eat with the lips after roasting or boiling in a bamboo (from a bamboo joint, joint; to eat with the lips (from a as children or person bamboo joint) as children or person who have lost their who have lost their teeth. teeth).

Vt> Vl^ Noun nam-lu Ahom word ’Sphfa 1 Immorality.

Verb hah D itto ^t«X 1 To separate a pair. i Verb fas hi Ahom word (Shan, ni= fafafe «t1, fafa ; i To coincide; to plan, to consult. to coincide).

Vt^YYl Verb f a ^ nik Ahom word 1 To make a ticking sound.

Noun fapB hing Ahom word (Shan, ying ’rfafi j 'sit'S^n i A female ; the eaves of a house. = a female). i $ srt^ t i vtf£ w t . . Noun fipvS-SilX ' ning-ja Ahom word A wicked woman. Noun nu Ahom word (Shan, yu). i A broom. Wv, W* i Noun h it-c h u Ahom word i An ant.

i Verb nuk Ahom word (Shan, yuk ’ft® ; C<51 sitft cfo I vdvvic- , . X 7 .. . : To raise ; to push with pressure. ! = to raise). i 37 290 ATIOM - -ASSAM ESE— [ vrfw.1D J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 291

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of tion of phrases, etc. words. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Noun hung .. , Ahom word (Shan, yung ; W'S'fa 1 A mosquito; displeasure. = a mosquito). vr( tv\ Noun nut Ahom word (Shan, nut \5tfV 1 A beard. = a beard).

Noun hum >Ahom word (Shan, yum G'Srftl; csrfa i • A bush ; a pair. VtiV = a clump of bushes).

Verb 43*1 hum Ahom word (Shan, yum ; w l ? 1 To smile ; to be barren. = to smile). v&$> Verb hui Ahom word ■prefab 1 To feel the hands and feet asleep.

Verb 43 [ho Ditto OTt? j OTftfrfal 1 To charm ; to bend. v&°vvi, W lw Verb nek D itto C5t*l ■, (3^ 1 To patch with thread; to feel a sullen resentment at an affront.

V® , MSi€.. i Noun 0^8 neng Ahom word (Shan, ying J 'Ntf’Htft'S'l ; 5 ’P’R < ’P5 A stand; a plant (Plumbago rosea) ; a = a woman). ’ttF® s r l ^ "P? i female, a woman ; a suffix or prefix denoting the female of human beings.

Verb C^« neng Ahom word ’Srf’tF 1 To prevent from advancing by standing in the way. vi?v, vt^Tv Noun nep Ditto •srMfti j 5w l i . J A kind of small earthen pot; the measure of the hand with the fingers extended.

Noun hai D itto fafa i . J A dragon fly. i .. j Verb hai Ahom word (Shan, yai To be scattered. = to be scattered).

Noun -^tS nao Ahom word 1 A great or large man.

1 Adjective ^ t ’3 hao Ditto I Great, gigantic.

Wor s Verb nao Ahom word (Shan, naw X l 1To scratch. = to be cold). v£o~ Noun fi|3^ hiw Ahom word (Shan, hiw C’Tt’H ; J 1 . . ; A cork, a stopper made of soft materials ; = a finger). a block of wood ; sweet juice.

^ 0 Verb [ hiw Ahom word (Shan, yiw ’Rs C51 1 To make water. = to make water). 1 To put pressure on. vt>W)D i Verb j hak Ahom word ctslift 1 292 AHOM—ASSAMESE— L D ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 293

P ronunciation. 1 Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Ahom word (Shan, yat) (Xfa 1 A young leaf not yet opened. D Noun <-w nat f^ l 1 Falsehood. D Noun nam Ahom word Ahom word (Shan, yam CTWII To colour or be coloured. L Verb nam = to dye).

i . 0 False. O Adjective nam Ahom word I Drizzling rain. vdvSD , , Noun noy D itto m? Noun noi D itto Threshed paddy; a kind of y (naga- D jhili).

I

I [ Ml 294 AHOM—ASSAMESE— Vlivi ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 295

m (3l, Ha).

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i M ',,M l . . Noun 31 ha Ahom word ’Sftt 1 ; Vapour.

M Ml . . Numeral .. 31 ha Ahom word (Shan, ha). 1 j The number 5.

Mi Interjection (pronoun as h a ( p r o ­ Ahom word 3ft ! N ! An interjection oh ! nounced ai).

Ml v^v vnf Numeral . . ha-ship-kao.. D itto 1 Fifty-nine.

Ml M?V l?0W Numeral .. ha-ship-pet . . Ditto 'NfrftH i •• Fifty-eight.

Ml M?

Ml M/V Numeral .. 31-feH5^ • • ha-ship-ruk.. D itto ft’ft 1 Fifty-six.

Ml VpV Numeral .. ha-ship-sham D itto i Fifty-three.

Ml M?V M? N um eral.. ha-ship-shi .. D itto Fifty-four. I C5ft3 1 Ml W TO. . Numeral .. ha-ship-shang Ditto i Fifty-two.

Ml V^V Ml Numeral . . 3l-T>J-3l ha-ship-ha . . D itto ^ 3 1 Fifty-five. d r' 8 r Ml WV N u m eral.. 3 1 -f^ -^ •. ha-ship-it .. D itto 1 Fifty-one. I MYK Verb 3ft; ; hak D itto *tt3 CMl 1 To clean vegetable with water. mS Noun 3f« hang i D itto ft? 1 A raised bamboo platform. r* MY> Verb 3t$ hang D itto f^l 1 To feel hatred.

M$ i Adjective 3t« hang Ahom word (Shan, hang 1 Not dense, having interstices. i = to be wide apart). mS A s . . Noun 3t'5-C3'5( hang-ren , Ahom word 1 A house with a raised planked plat­ form. r MR Noun 3ft. han Ahom word (Shan, han ^ftf3t3 ; ’rfsra ;

MOA j Noun ' 3t5 hat D itto f w 1 A large stone pot. 1 296 ATIOM— ASSAMESE— hv J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 297

Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. ; speech. Assamese. j English. Assamese. English.

Verb - . . hat Ahom word (Shan, hit). X1 To dry up or become shallow. i Noun m v ! hap Ahony word ’ts f t 1 Immature corn,

MV Verb hap Ahom word (Shan, hap 1 To shut up. , —to shut up).

M Noun | ham Ahom word ’rfsnft i Conclusion. o M Verb ham D itto ; CTftrfH 1 To beat; to be in excess ; to become dusty or dirty.

M Noun ft hi Ahom word (Shan, hi). ft'sisr i The female organ.

14 Verb ft hi Ahom word 3 ; 'S’15 «n 1 To be a little aslant; to be brimful. Ww . . Verb D itto D hi-nak X 7 X To throw down by force; to break by ! throwing down violently. oc 14t> Verb ft® “

oc vce Adjective 'Q’l ^ ifW As above Ahom word W ft 1 Dry. oc Vlfe Noun ft'5 hing Ahom word (Shan, hing ’Tt^t i ^SHI ; 1 A kind of water-fowl; a small tinkling 1 = a small tinkling bell bell attached to something; a wild i attached to some­ cat. thing; hin = a wild cat). or 14 R ! Noun ft^ hin Ahom word A certain animal of the squirrel kind ; 1 a kind of deer. g r 14Oa Noun ftfe hit .. ; D itto 1 Front. 0 r o VIW, VO Verb ftl5 hit D itto fcf 51 ; ? ; 1 To look with pity; to be, to become ; to do. Verb Hl 141 I ft^-^-ft^-C«|5? hit-mun- h it- i D itto 1 To rejoice. wU khen. j I Hl Wt'S w f Verb ft&-^®-C5^ .. hit-m ung- D itto W’fal'ft 1 To present a gift. cheu i 111 w f Verb ftS-C5^ hit-cheu D itto fFft 1 To make a gift.

141 . . i Noun ftfe-Vt'S hit-shao D itto 5|W»rl 1 A reproach. 1 : HD Noun ftt! .. hip Ahom word (Shan, hip). 5ft® ®5f1 1 Hoarseness of voice. 1 I

38 298 AHOM—ASSAMESE ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 299

P ronunciation. A horn Parts Meanings. of Derivation and explana­ words.' tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. vfv? Verb ft As “ CSH ” hin but pro­ Ahom word (Shan, hih). U1 I .. To look upwards. i ’fes n o u n c e d “ hen.”

Verb ! hen-du Ahom word C’iR’t^F 51 I To cast an oblique look. I W Noun $ hu Ahom word (Shan, wuw I An animal of the bovine species, a cow. ! or nguw). i H Verb hu Ahom word f ’Hlt’f ; faff, ) WFWI ‘TR I To make faces a t; to bristle, to have the hair erect; to throw the body i forward with the arms extended, as in swimming. I vvm Verb ! huk D itto cn^t I To sob. i i Noun hung Ahom word (Shan, hung 3WI ; i I Fame; relationship; a noise, a sound; —to be celebrated). I news.

Noun K hun Ahom word ! An idol; the reflected picture of a thing Ii j in an eye. i T\K Adjective hun Ahom word (Shan, hun). Wrinkled. I VUi ft. $ . . Noun h u n - k h a m- Ahom word

Noun | hup D itto I A piece. Verb HV hup .. i Ahom word (Shan, hup j C * t ^ l ■, ; W1 ft I To hold by grasping ; to gather together, I = to collect). to collect; to plunder.

\ v v Verb hup-bai .. Ahom word >rt51 To store. o vte- Noun ! hum D itto 5< I A slap.

K Verb hum D itto 5W I To cover, to spread. Adjective a hum D itto PTF® I Wide-spread.

Noun O s “ eft ” huh but pro­ D itto wifc I A seed. ’fee no un c e d “ hui.”

Verb 9 ^ .; : As above Ditto C’tftft ’if t; w f t si i To ask again to take ; to press a thing upon one ; to sigh ; to see uncovered. I i 300 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [v n $ v8 ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 301

Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

1? N oun 3M 3 hui-bi Ahom w ord ^§>3 ^ 5 , f33t3 3"^ i The lower extremity of the sternum.

A djective (3 he Ahom word (Shan, ha). C5®1 1 Not tame, said of an animal.

W 1 N oun C3^ i hek Ahom word (Shan, hiik). ^ 3 1 The gum, the gums.

Verb (3$ heng Ahom w ord *11 ^ 3 3l ; 3 1 To be affected with menorrhagia ; to be thin.

N ot fat. A* A djective X heng D itto C5t3*t1 1 0 MOAu Verb C 0 h et Ahom word (Shan, hut 5 1 To utter short angry words quickly and = to intimidate). loudly, to intimidate ; to beat severely ; to extort.

Verb hep Ahom word <5]f'33>'tf3 33 ; 3 1 To hold within the arms ; to fall down with the face upwards. m’ N oun 3t^ hai Ahom word (Shan, hai= ®rtf3 j C3f^ } C^rtHt5? 1 A jar, a water-pot with a spout; light, an upland field). moon-shine. vi’ Verb 3 tt hai Ahom w ord 3t3 ; f5'5 ^3 1 To mix together; to fall with the face upwards ; to cry, to weep ; to shout. m” 3t^ A djective hai D itto 1 Shining. Z C3^ N oun heu D itto C3WC3W ; W fa Sfa j 0^1 1 Swelling of the mouth ; sunned rice ; an elevated piece of land. C3^> Verb heu A hom word (Northern 4'3l 3 ; ft, M3 ^3 j j 3^31 1 To come to work; to give, to offer ; to Shan, haii=to give). bark as a dog ; to cause, to allow. C3^ A djective heu Ahom word CTt 1 T hat. d e m o n s ­ trativ e.

Mf A djective C3^ heu D itto f w l 1 B itter.

Mr v^K wftS Verb heu-kin-klen D itto 33l-R«3l 1 To cause to eat and drink.

Mr K>f V0K W„ Verb h e u - k h a o - D itto M iW n ft i To allow to remain. pan-ju.

•nr pl§ tVlw Verb C3^-^«-c^.. h e u-p 1 u n g- D itto ’’frl I .. j To send to battle or war. shek. r r ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 302 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— 1_ M M c J 308

1 P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i r or . To play a certain game. M WR M^. . Verb heu-Iin-shu .. Ahom word To give out and out. mY 9 . . Verb c ^ - ^ .. | heu-dai D itto fft V’F 1 Not to think. W1 , , Verb CSV® hem-jo D itto fP’Tl JPH 1 Grey-hair. MW Noun h&k D itto ’IV 1 0 ! ’IV 1 Ripe. MYVio . . 1Adjective hak Ditto C’W i i A room. Noun S« hang D itto | The comb of a cock, MR Noun han Ahom word (Shan, han). 1 VI To make, to prepare MR0 Verb h&n Ahom word s/ s. CT*ti Tongs. MV0 Noun hap D itto e Ahom word (Shan, to be Plffl 1 To smell. Mp Verb h&m fragrant).

Ahom word (Shan, hoi= W i A shell. M9D Noun hoi a shell).

[ Verb Ahom word 'swtsrl, -3®pi i i To suspend. 0 hoin but pro- n o u n e e d “ hoi.” i 304 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— [■Oil Yfw & J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 305

vn i, (Wl, a ).

Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. of tion of phrases j etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Mi , Till . . Noun 'Nl a Ahom word ’FTl 'Nf’TfCW | A mother’s father.

Mi \ , VioL . . Verb 'Nl a D itto 1 To untie, to open.

, Mil . . Adjective «rl a D itto .fWN, I Wide.

Ml^ YV1 j Noun NW1 a-ka D itto ftfijW i A person of the Mishmi tribe.

Mi i, vm {, •$ w Noun NWl-ft-fN .. a-ka-mi-li D itto 1 A person of the Dafla tribe.

Mi J, RR Pronoun . . N1-HR a-nan D itto CT? 1 That.

Ml^ KYKl . . Noun a-nik D itto Nf^s | Extreme misery.

M i'p0^ . . Noun Nl-

.. Noun a-rang D itto ^ tl 1 Virtue, virtuous act.

Mi' y$ Vn>% Noun a-ki-an D itto I The humble-bee. D itto ifl I Mil wD r Noun a-thao A grandmother. Till V$VM . . Adjective a-ik D itto i Faultless.

Miw Noun ak D itto w i Happiness of mind.

Mi$ Noun '5|t« ang D itto A wash-bowl; ancestral property ; any property.

Mi^ Adjective ang Ahom word (Shan, to i Wished or expected. 1 intend). 1 W f, ^S[\5l ; Yfi% VM 5 . . Noun X ang-ka Ahom word Ability, power.

MiR Noun NIH an D itto ■, CTWW Wfff 1 A saddle.

YfiS Verb Nfa an Ahom word (Shan, an= CN«f 1 To count. to count).

Mi£ Preposition nws an Ahom word n W i Before, in front.

MiS Conjunction NtH an D itto 1 And.

Mi£ R1 Preposition NW-Nl an na D itto NW 1 Before, in front.

MlR RR Pronoun .. an-nan .. j D itto 1 ' That.

39 306 AHOM—ASSAMESE r English dictionary. 307

Parts i P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana* Meanings. words. of tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

Verb at Ahom word

YHR . . Verb ing-kan Ahom word i To fall down when ripe.

W r . . Noun ing shan D itto X X 1 An earthquake. >$R Noun in Ahom word (Shan, in= a sinew). A sinew; a crocodile.

Vncvi Verb w it Ahom word } cfaR sfa J «T5 1 To strike with the finger, to produce a sound by striking against a hard thing, to rap ; to prepare a document. i 308 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [ A] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 309

P ronunciation . Meanings. Parts Derivation and explana­ Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English. i

Noun ip Ahom word (Shan, ip= ; W t l I The side of a hill; a small covered bam­ a cylindrical box ; ip- boo basket. kuw=a small closed basket).

vfw Verb ip Ahom word (Shan iip). 'SF® 1 To be finished properly.

Vin'vS t^vvi . . Noun en-nuk Ahom word i A kind of bird. A Noun u D itto fftsj ^?rl i A particle indicating present definite- tense.

A Verb u Ditto sift i «rft ^ r i} ft i To remain; to boil paddy ; to apply heat. A Adjective § u D itto C’fft I Straight.

v(V yp.9 Particle .. 1 u-koi D itto ^ r l i Particle forming continuous past.

A v f Particle .. u-jao D itto f^rl &fttf i Particle forming imperfect.

Verb u D itto To praise.

YfVVW Noun uk Ahom word (Shan, uk= ftsTteft } 1 The breast, the chest; a frog. the chest).

Vt^VKI Adjective uk Ahom word W 1 All.

Adverb .. ^5 uk D itto T O 1 In all.

Noun ung D itto 1^, 1 The breast, the heart. The circle of the breast. AS w f .. Noun X ung-cheu D itto 5 ft 1 Gladness; warmth. Noun X un D itto 'STftT’W ;

AS Adjective un Ahom word (Shan, un Warm; soft. =soft; warm).

?d tiftn To get the body shampooed. A a' Verb u t Ahom word

A v Noun up Ahom word (Shan, up= cfrd, W l cfcrl I A betel-nut box, a box with a conical a box with a conical cover. cover).

W l 51ft 1 To offer a present; to take a mouthful. A Verb ^Sf um Ahom word (Shan, um 7 X = to hurry in eating). M? $y> ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 311 310 A HOM— ASSAMESE— [ MV a?

Meanings. Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. speech. Assamese. English.

5 W W fa I Fatigue ; happiness of mind. Noun . . i ui Ahom word i To eructate ; to sigh. MV^ Verb . . j ui D itto Happiness of mind. Noun ui-cheu D itto 5fl ; | To sing; to feign. Verb j e D itto ^ 1 . I A pipe, a tube; ambrosia or nectar. Noun o D itto CTft

cwtwi, i To lame, to cause to limp. V&vvi Verb ek D itto 1 A kind of plant. Noun eng Ahom word (Shan, iing = an orchid). ^ T t f t ^11 To proceed crawling. Verb eng Ahom word fWtftfe f a ^tfe I To cut into slices. Mac; Verb en D itto I Other. i&G Adjective en Ahom word (Shan, iin). frtfa I In another place. Mar Adverb .. en Ahom word (7TM1 ft I To put a stopper. v&oa Verb 41> et D itto (£ft ; cfa 5 ; ^tft I A small pot with a cover for keeping Ma d Noun 4M ep D itto lime , a very small box, a betel-nut box; difficulty; an embankment across a rice field.

utftr i To remain at hand. Ma d Verb 4’j ep Ditto I Previous, before. I&D Adjective 4*t ep D itto (Ttl 5 *rf®r ; ^t*t I The eldest son of a family; shame; Mi Noun ai Ahom word (Shan, ai= vapour. shame; vapour). I To eructate. M? Verb ai Ahom word (Shan, ai = to cough). Sb- wM b Noun ai-khun-lung Ahom word lung and king of Mungkong. ^ft\§ SKWft C^*R Wl, Inging, the eldest son of Jasiipsangdeng, Ml Noun ai-nging D itto £f<*w I was the ruler of the country of the fairies. 312 AHOM—ASSAMESE— r 101 WK w ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 313

P ronunciation. Parts I Derivation and explana­ Meanings. Ahom of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

M? w i vuE Ahom word Noun X aipha-lan . . C5t'§'5»H I Aiphalan, the eldest son of Lengdan. vfb, "iVT Noun ■Nt'S ao or aw Ahom word (Shan, aw W t, ^51 1 An uncle (father’s brother). = uncle).

'rfb, VfT Verb 'Sit'S ao or aw Ahom word (Shan, au ; c n t w *W1 ; *R 1 To take; to liquify metals; to catch =to take, to liquify fish while they advance in a shoal. metals).

VfT V \ Ahom word NH 1 Verb Nt'S-sfl ao-ma X . . To bring. vpf *JE .. Verb ao-pin-mi .. D itto Xi To make a wife. vpf *bl . . Verb 'Nt'S-fsf ao-mi D itto BBTl sR 1 To marry. i VfT W(f Noun ao-chao D itto 1 An uncle1 (father’s younger brother). 'SltS-Vt'S i Vpf^9 Verb ao-dai D itto '3ft I To fetch. v&f . . Noun iu Ahom word (Shan, iw BRI ; ^ ts r P r I • • The seed of a kind of creeping plant used I = a small hole dug in by children as marbles in play ; a kind ! the ground for placing of parasitic plant. these seeds erect for the game). finor Verb iu Ahom word <5Tl 1 To fill the body. filo" d§o~lx . . Noun ^§-^5 iu-ru D itto 1 Temple, the flat portion of either side of the head above the cheekbone.

Yfoyfi Noun ak Ahom word (Shan, ak= ; | The brain; outside. the brain).

VrbYVi Verb ak Ahom word (Shan, ak= 'SRl j (7f«fl f t ; I To come out, to appear, to rise (of to appear). heavenly body); to take out.

VpbYV) Adjective ak Ahom word W f f t I One’s own.

'vfo'YYl RvE . . Noun ak-nuk !l D itto Marrow. i V&W VW WI Noun ak-mak-cha Ahom word (ak = to SIW 1 Small-pox. i appear ; mak= seed ; cha=disease). i i ! Verb 'SNS ang s Ahom word X IfX X 1 . . To move anything; to shake.

; Noun ang-mang .. Ditto Water in which rice has been boiled, I X X congea.

40 314 AIIOM—ASSAMESE— F vfbK > 4 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 315

Parts j P ronunciation . M e a n in g s . Alio in of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese, English. Assamese. English.

V?b£ Particle ano Ahom word »t^ I A diminutive termination.

Verb an Ahom word (Shan, to I To come in front. come in front).

Adjective an Ahom word Soft; young ; first.

VKbR Adverb . . ano D itto i Before,

Vn>E El Adverb . . an-na D itto I • • Before. o m Verb 'SPI am Ditto To seize and tie or fasten u p . to fill up 5ft® 5] | a hole ; to bask a little in the sun • to break ; to take on one’s own shoul- I der. i ■rf? Noun oi Ahom word (Shan, oi= | Sugar-cane. sugar-cane).

Particle . > oi Ahom word Wl I A particle signifying continuance.

>& Verb oi Ahom word ( Shan = to i To cause to eat; to feed. feed). yfi> Adjective oi Ahom word i Sweet.

I i i f -i 316 AHOM—ASSAMESE— H J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 317

(\51, D a )

Ahom Parts P ronunciation. Meanings. ! of Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. , English. Assamese. English. ______i i Noun \5l da Ahom word A bundle of clothes.

■Verb da D itto To bite as a serpent; to take on the lap. i

Verb I da Ditto I To strike.

• • Noun \5t\§ dang Ahom word (Shan5 khu- St’ ; W } I A latch ; a long shield ; the nose. i lang = the nose). Verb dang Ahom word (Shan, lang To be affected with white spots on the CStW «I1 7 ; X I = to be affected with skin; to sound. white spots on the i skin),

Noun \St

. . ' Verb $tT> dat Ahom word (Shan, lat). C’tt’fl I To make straight. y ^ v Noun dap Ahom word \5WX I A bamboo or wooden door-bar. n ’ Verb W ■ \5ff dap Ahom word (Shan, lap SpTl ; ’SltiMl fw ; ’R I To put out a fire; to omit light. =to put out a fire ; to be dark).

w r Noun dap-keu Ahom word The name of the 12th lakni of an Ahom i Taoshinga. y $ v .. Noun dap-plao D itto R *ltfR Hfa I The name of the 2nd lakni of an Ahom

v f Noun clap-mao D itto The name of the 52nd lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga. r- C 0r 0^1 318 AHOM—ASSAMESE—• L^V W ^R WOA J ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 319

P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana­ Meanings. words. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

r HD w N oun \5T^I-C5^ dap-cheu Ahom word The name of the 42nd lakni of an Ahom Taoshinga.

W <£

Noun \5tX dam Ahom word (Shan, lam ^5^ I The spirit of a dead person. =the guardian spirit of a family).

Verb I dam Ahom word (Shan, lam). i To dive into.

Adjective \5tsf ; dam Ahom word (Shan, lam). ^ ’*rl i Black. Idi Noun ■fe Ahom word (Shan, li). H s i Bile. I 4 Adjective i di Ahom word (Shan, li). i Good. & Adjective “ C5§” ding but pro- Ahom word (Shan, ling ^\§1 5 C5T51 I Red; bowed, bent. n o u n c e d = to be red ; having t( deng.” one side higher than the other). o"' HR, ^R Noun . . i din Ahom word (Shan, lin = Land, the earth; a month ; a torch. the earth, ground ; liin = a month). 0^ o ■^R YT1 Noun : din-kam Ahom word The ninth month (Paus) comprising part of December and January, the second month of an Ahom year. f HR ™ Noun din-kao D itto The fourth month (Saon) comprising part of July and August; the ninth month of an Ahom year.

^ r . N oun f^ -c n s din-pet D itto The third month (Ahar) comprising part of June and July; the eighth month of an Ahom year. e UR W Noun din-chi Ahom word (din = earth; i Brick. chi=burnt). eO ^’R w u Noun din-ching .. Ahom word The eighth month (Aghon) comprising part of November and December; the first year of an Ahom year.

^R V$<£\ Noun din-chit D itto The second month (Jeth) comprising part of May and June- the seventh month of an Ahom year. 320 AHOM— ASSAM ESE— [l?K cgjYM Wl voS ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 321

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ of words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. English.

& Noun din-ruk Ahom word The first month (Bahag) comprising part of April and May; the sixth month of an Ahom year.

^ r iV . . i Noun din-sham D itto 5fH 5[^ ; 51^ I The tenth month (Magh) comprising part of January and February ; the 1 third month of an Ahom year. . . i Noun din-shi Ditto Yt'Q5! Hfa I The eleventh month (Fagun) comprising part of February and March; the | fourth month of an Ahom year.

^ r y fv . | Noun din-ship Ditto The fifth month (Bhadu) comprising part of August and September ; the tenth month of an Ahom year.

^R Vvp >0 Noun din-ship-shang D itto ’Ftfs srte} 'srtc^r ^rbr*r i The seventh month (Kati) comprising part of October and November ; the twelfth month of an Ahom year. e ,/V ^ r w d Wioa Noun din-ship-it D itto The sixth month (Ahin) comprising part of September and O ctober; the eleventh month of an Ahom year. 0<* VII Noun din-ha D itto 5<5 Xfc • 'XWX X^XX X$X XtXX XtX I The twelfth month (Chat) comprising part of March and April; the fifth month of an Ahom year.

Noun dit .. i Ditto j C<51 I Land not under water; pressure.

Noun “CST,” dit but pro- D itto

Verb .. T^f dip .. ! Ahom word (Shan, lip), x


Adjective dip .. • Ahom word ■Sibil I Living, having life. A boundary. Noun \ s din but pro- Ahom word (Shan, lin). xlxi i ’ifih n o u n c e d f,den.”

Verb du i Ahom word (Shan, lu). 51 I To see, to behold.

Noun duk I Ahom word (Shan, luk). i A bone.

H w y t$ Noun duk-kang I Ahom word xtfx i The jaw.

Noun duk-khang i D itto ’Ft’hXt® | A rib.

41 ,,r 322 AHOM—ASSAMESE— [" gvvi c /y f *0 ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 323 i Parts P ronunciation. Ahom Derivation and explana- Meanings. words. of speech. Assamese ' tion of phrases, etc. English. j______Assamese. English. 1 g w •v'/ m Noun duk-pe-lang,. Ahom word i The back-bone.

Noun duk-pam-kho ! Ditto f e w i The neck-bone.

■gw v tf . . Noun duk-cheu Ditto i The breast-bone.

Noun dung Ahom word (Shan, lung V ft ; (3^1 ; I Jungle; a low held ; leprosy. = jungle).

ft/vp CM' Noun ^'S-gg-g1 dung-tap-ta Ahom word A kind of ant. i GH5PF I Noun dun Ditto . <5fC5[t^ I A crowd ; foundation work.

Verb dut Ahom word (Shan, luk). csfa i To suck. Noun dum Ahom word i A scabbard. i t Verb dum D itto i To smell.

Noun dui Ditto 'St’t I Vapour.

.. i Noun de ! D itto CTlWl HTH sj^ I ! A kind of animal. ! To move the waist backward and Verb de i Ditto (/pRirl; fnrt i * X forward ; to cleanse.

‘/ h i Noun ! do D itto I An offshoot. n c” Q ■§YY1, ^LyM . . Verb .. i C^F dek D itto t o i 5 fe i To strike with the open hand; to teach i to read. o Noun W den Ahom word (Shan, liin), i The moon. 0 Noun W X den Ahom word I The sun’s light or ray. n r* Adjective det i D itto i Hot.

Noun dai Ahom word (Shan, lai = ^51 I Thread. silk).

Verb \5l^ dai Ahom word (Shan, lai= *11 • I To get, to possess; to hear; to put to possess). upside down.

H°r . • Noun \5fS dao Ahom word (Shan, law). I A star.

Ho~ H Noun dao-dam Ahom word I A kind of thorny creeper.

Hf Noun cfe deu D itto C ^1 I A deva, a god. 324 AHOM----ASSAMESE— ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 325

P ronunciation. Meanings. Ahom Parts Derivation and explana­ i words. speech. Assamese. English. tion of phrases, etc. Assamese. 1 English. i Adjective T^§ diw | .. Having no companion. i j = single).

$ Noun dang . . : Ahom word (Shan, lang). fab! 1 j A son’s or daughter’s father-in-law. X j & Noun \5H dan . . ' Ahom word (Shan, lan ktt I • • i High land, land not liable to inundation. i = a mound). 1 i 1 i Verb ' \5l£)3 ” dan but pro- * 1^1 j I . • j To shave (with a razor); to frighten with a sudden angry voice. ' n fh n o u n c e d i doi.” i j 1 • • ■A mountain or hill; work. •• Noun doi Ahom word (Shan, loi= a mountain).

Adverb .. b n ’s i .. With. doi .. 1Ahom word i ’F&5 . 5[5f , 'Slfa 1 ! A hill; company; the spur of a cock. o Noun doi .. , = w ith ). Together with. Wo . . Adverb .. ! fo-pSf doi-cham Ahom word Sfltf 1

i 326 AHOM—ASSAMESE— ■tjSlw ] ENGLISH DICTIONARY. 327

iy' (*f|, Dha)

i Pronunciation. Meanings. ! Parts ex Ahom of i Derivation and explana­ words. tion of phrases, etc. speech. Assamese. English. Assamese. ' English. j

Verb 1 dhek Ahom word Yfn fjf ; I i To threaten ; to reprove; to strike.

The j E nd.

i

Caloutta Printed at the Baptist Mission Press.